Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Relocation of the Port of Alaska's South Floating Dock, Anchorage, Alaska, 31870-31901 [2021-12551]
Download as PDF
31870
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
[RTID 0648–XA660]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to the Relocation
of the Port of Alaska’s South Floating
Dock, Anchorage, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible Renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the Port of Alaska (POA) for
authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to pile driving associated
with the relocation of the POA’s South
Floating Dock (SFD) in Knik Arm,
Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-time, oneyear renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorizations and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than July 15, 2021.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Written
comments should be submitted via
email to ITP.tyson.moore@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Reny Tyson Moore, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of the takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA
statutory terms cited above are included
in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
IHA) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an
Environmental Assessment (EA) to
consider the environmental impacts
associated with the issuance of the
proposed IHA. NMFS’ EA will be made
available at https://www.fisheries.
noaa.gov/permit/incidental-takeauthorizations-under-marine-mammalprotection-act. We will review all
comments submitted in response to this
notice prior to concluding our NEPA
process or making a final decision on
the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On October 2, 2020, NMFS received a
request from the POA for an IHA to take
marine mammals incidental to pile
driving associated with the relocation of
the SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska. Revised
applications were submitted by POA on
December 15, 2020, January 29, 2021,
February 5, 2021, and March 5, 2021
that addressed comments provided by
NMFS. The application was deemed
adequate and complete on March 17,
2021. Additional revised applications
were submitted on March 26, 2021 and
May 14, 2021. The POA’s request is for
take of a small number of six species of
marine mammals by Level B harassment
and Level A harassment. Neither the
POA nor NMFS expects serious injury
or mortality to result from this activity
and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
NMFS previously issued IHAs to the
POA for pile driving (73 FR 41318, July
18, 2008; 74 FR 35136, July 20, 2009; 81
FR 15048, March 21, 2016; and 85 FR
19294, April 06, 2020). The POA has
complied with the requirements (e.g.,
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting) of
all previous IHAs and information
regarding their monitoring results may
be found in the Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals and their
Habitat and Estimated Take sections.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
The POA is modernizing its marine
terminals through the Port of Alaska
Modernization Program (PAMP). One of
the first priorities of the PAMP is to
replace the existing Petroleum Oil
Lubricants Terminal with a new
Petroleum Cement Terminal (PCT).
Phase 1 of the PCT project is complete,
but for Phase 2 of the project to advance,
the existing SFD, a small multipurpose
floating dock constructed in 2004, must
be relocated south of the PCT near the
southern portion of the South Backlands
Stabilization project. The existing
location of SFD will not allow docking
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
operations at SFD once the PCT is
constructed due to the close proximity
of one of the PCT mooring dolphins (a
structure for berthing and mooring of
vessels). Therefore, it must be relocated.
Relocation of the SFD will include the
removal of the existing structure,
including the access trestle and
gangway, and installation of twelve
permanent 36-inch steel pipe piles: Ten
vertical and two battered. Construction
of the SFD will also require the
installation and vibratory removal of up
to six 24- or 36-inch template piles. All
pile installation will take place from a
floating work barge and crane with a
vibratory hammer to the greatest extent
possible. An impact hammer may be
used if a pile encounters refusal and
cannot be advanced to the necessary tip
elevation with the vibratory hammer.
An unconfined bubble curtain system
will be used to reduce in-water noise
levels for the installation of the sixteen
vertical piles and removal of the six
temporary piles but will not be used
during installation of the two battered
piles due to the angle of these piles.
Dates and Duration
The POA has requested that the IHA
be valid for one year upon issuance. Inwater pile installation and removal
associated with SFD removal and
construction is anticipated to take place
on up to 24 nonconsecutive days
between the date of issuance and
November 2021. Installation of
permanent and temporary piles is
anticipated to take 45 minutes per pile
with 1–3 piles being installed per day
over 7–18 days. Removal of six
temporary piles is anticipated to take 75
minutes per pile with 1–3 piles being
removed per day over 2–6 days. All
pile-driving will occur during daylight
hours.
Specific Geographic Region
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Cook Inlet is a large tidal estuary that
exchanges waters at its mouth with the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
Gulf of Alaska. The inlet is roughly
20,000 square kilometers (km2; 7,700
square miles (mi2)) in area, with
approximately 1,350 linear km (840 mi)
of coastline (Rugh et al., 2000) and an
average depth of approximately 100
meters (m) (330 feet (ft)). Cook Inlet is
generally divided into upper and lower
regions by the East and West Forelands.
Freshwater input to Cook Inlet comes
from snowmelt and rivers, many of
which are glacially fed and carry high
sediment loads. Currents throughout
Cook Inlet are strong and tidally
periodic, with average velocities ranging
from three to six knots (Sharma and
Burrell, 1970). Extensive tidal mudflats
occur throughout Cook Inlet, especially
in the upper reaches, and are exposed
at low tides.
Cook Inlet is a seismically active
region susceptible to earthquakes and
has some of the highest tides in North
America (NOAA, 2015) that drive
surface circulation. Tides in Cook Inlet
are semidiurnal, with two unequal high
and low tides per tidal day (tidal day =
24 hours, 50 minutes). Due to Knik
Arm’s predominantly shallow depths
and narrow widths, tides near
Anchorage are greater than those in the
main body of Cook Inlet. The tides at
the POA have a mean range of about 8.0
m (26 ft), and the maximum water level
has been measured at more than 12.5 m
(41 ft) at the Anchorage station (NOAA,
2015). Maximum current speeds in Knik
Arm, observed during spring ebb tide,
exceed 7 knots (12 feet/second). These
tides result in strong currents in
alternating directions through Knik Arm
and a well-mixed water column. Cook
Inlet contains substantial quantities of
mineral resources, including coal, oil,
and natural gas. During winter, sea,
beach, and river ice are dominant
physical forces within Cook Inlet. In
upper Cook Inlet, sea ice generally
forms in October to November and
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31871
continues to develop through February
or March (Moore et al., 2000).
Northern Cook Inlet bifurcates into
Knik Arm to the north and Turnagain
Arm to the east. The POA is located in
the southeastern shoreline of Knik Arm
in Anchorage, Alaska (Latitude 61°15′
N, Longitude 149°52′ W; Seward
Meridian) (Figure 1). Knik Arm is
generally considered to begin at Point
Woronzof, 7.4 km (4.6 mi) southwest of
the POA. From Point Woronzof, Knik
Arm extends about 48 km (30 mi) in a
north-northeasterly direction to the
mouths of the Matanuska and Knik
rivers. At Cairn Point, just northeast of
the POA, Knik Arm narrows to about 2.4
km (1.5 mi) before widening to as much
as 8 km (5 mi) at the tidal flats
northwest of Eagle Bay at the mouth of
Eagle River, which are heavily utilized
by Cook Inlet Beluga Whales (CIBWs).
Approximately 60 percent of Knik Arm
is exposed at mean lower low water
(MLLW). The intertidal (tidally
influenced) areas of Knik Arm,
including those at the POA, are
mudflats, both vegetated and
unvegetated, which consist primarily of
fine, silt-sized glacial flour.
The POA’s boundaries currently
occupy an area of approximately 129
acres. Other commercial and industrial
activities related to secure maritime
operations are located near the POA on
Alaska Railroad Corporation (ARRC)
property immediately south of the POA,
on approximately 111 acres. The PCT
footprint spans approximately 0.87 acre
and is approximately 0.74 km (0.46 m)
north of Ship Creek, a location of
concentrated marine mammal activity
during seasonal runs of several salmon
species. Ship Creek flows into Knik Arm
through the Municipality of Anchorage
industrial area. The perpendicular
distance to the west bank directly across
Knik Arm from the POA is
approximately 4.2 km (2.6 mi).
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31872
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
149"54'0"W
149"53'30"W
1°14'0"N
61"14'0"N
Proposed South Floating Dock
- - SFD Platform
- - SFD Access Trestle
South Floating Dock Piles
o
36 in. Vertical Pile
o
36 in_ Battered Pile
PCT Structure
A
I
0
I
I
50
100
Meters
149°54'0-W
149°53'30"W
proposed locations for the SFD are included for reference.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Located within the Municipality of
Anchorage on Knik Arm in upper Cook
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
Inlet, the POA (Figure 1) provides
critical infrastructure for the citizens of
Anchorage and a majority of the citizens
of Alaska. The POA’s existing
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
infrastructure and support facilities
were constructed largely in the 1960s.
Port facilities are substantially past their
design life, have degraded to levels of
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
EN15JN21.013
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Figure 1. Port of Alaska location within Knik Arm, Alaska. The existing and
31873
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
marginal safety, and are in many cases
functionally obsolete, especially in
regard to seismic design criteria and
condition. To address these
deficiencies, the POA is modernizing its
marine terminals through the PAMP.
Plans for modernization include
replacing deteriorated pile-supported
infrastructure with new pile-supported
infrastructure. One of the first priorities
of the PAMP is to replace the existing
Petroleum Oil Lubricants Terminal with
a new structure that exceeds current
seismic standards. For the new PCT
Project to advance, the existing SFD, a
small multipurpose floating dock
constructed in 2004, must be relocated
south of the PCT near the southern
portion of the South Backlands
Stabilization project (Figure 1). The
existing location of SFD will not allow
docking operations at SFD once the PCT
is constructed due to close proximity of
one of the PCT mooring dolphins.
The purpose of the SFD is to provide
staging, mooring, and docking of small
vessels, such as first responder (e.g.,
Anchorage Fire Department, U.S. Coast
Guard) rescue craft, small work skiffs,
and occasionally tug boats, in an area
close to the daily operations at the Port.
Upper Cook Inlet near Anchorage
exhibits the largest tide range in the
United States and one of the largest tide
ranges in the world, with an average
daily difference between high and low
tide of 26.2 feet and an extreme
difference of up to 41 feet (NOAA,
2015). The ability of first responders to
conduct response operations during low
tide stages requires access to the SFD, as
the waterline is inaccessible for vessels
at the Anchorage public boat launch at
Ship Creek during low tide stages. The
planned relocation of the SFD south of
the new PCT structure will provide
continuous access to the water, and
relocation is needed to continue to
provide timely, safe access for rescue
personnel and vessels in the northern
portion of Cook Inlet.
Relocation of the SFD will include the
removal of the existing structure,
including the float and gangway, and
installation of twelve permanent 36inch steel piles: Four for the gangway
and eight for the floating dock (Table 1).
Ten of the permanent piles will be
plumb (i.e., vertical) piles; but two of
these piles, located at the south corner
of the floating dock, will be battered
piles due to lateral ice flow conditions.
Two of the permanent 36-inch gangway
piles at Bent B, the bent closest to shore,
may be installed when the area is dewatered, but will likely be installed in
water. Temporary template piles may be
required to assist with permanent pile
placement and would consist of up to
six 24- or 36-inch steel pipe piles (Table
1): 4 For the gangway and 2 for the float.
To allow for flexibility in design,
temporary piles may be all of one size
or a combination of 24- and 36-inch
steel pipe piles. The piles from the
existing SFD piles will be left in place
and will not be removed.
All piles will be installed with a
vibratory hammer to the greatest extent
possible, with each pile requiring
approximately 45 minutes to install
(Table 1), based on an analysis of PCT
Phase 1 data. An impact hammer may
be required if a pile encounters refusal
and cannot be advanced to the
necessary tip elevation with the
vibratory hammer. Refusal criteria for a
vibratory hammer is defined by the
hammer manufacturer and is described
as the pile not advancing one foot
within 30 seconds of vibratory hammer
operation at full speed. Three piles have
deeper embedment depth than others
and may reach refusal before the
specified minimum tip elevation. In
such a situation, an impact hammer
would be needed to drive these piles to
their required depth. A small number of
total piles, estimated up to five piles,
may reach refusal before the tip
elevation is reached, requiring up to 20
minutes of impact installation each at
one pile per day. POA estimates that
each of these piles could require up to
1,000 strikes, which was the mean
number of strikes measured for 48-inch
production piles during the PCT Phase
1 construction sound source verification
(SSV) study (Reyff et al., 2021). It is
likely that the number of strikes will be
less due to the smaller pile sizes
associated with SFD. To be
conservative, 1,000 strikes were used to
calculate Level A harassment zone sizes.
It is assumed that if a pile does require
impact installation, the vibratory
installation time would be reduced by a
commensurate amount (i.e., 15 minutes
of impact installation would replace 15
minutes of vibratory installation), and
the overall duration of installation
would remain the same.
Temporary template piles (n = 6) will
be removed with a vibratory hammer
(Table 1). Based on an analysis of PCT
Phase 1 data, each temporary pile will
require approximately 75 minutes of
vibratory hammer removal. Knik Arm
soils have demonstrated a strong set up
and resistance condition on temporary
piles due to dense clay composition,
making removal lengthier and more
difficult than installation. The
temporary piles for the SFD will be in
place for only approximately three
weeks and will not be load-bearing, in
contrast to the piles used for the PCT
temporary trestle that were in place for
approximately five months and subject
to loads from the construction crane.
The temporary SFD piles will likely
require less time for removal than PCT
piles at approximately two-thirds
duration. Based on this, the estimated
removal time is approximately twothirds of the duration required for
vibratory removal of 36-inch temporary
trestle piles during PCT Phase 1
construction. All of the existing SFD
float and gangway piles will remain in
place; a vibratory hammer will not be
required for their removal.
TABLE 1—PILE DETAILS AND ESTIMATED EFFORT REQUIRED FOR PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Pipe pile
diameter
Feature
36-inch ..
Floating
Dock.
Gangway
24- or
Tem36-inch.
porary
Template
Piles.
Project Totals
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Number of
plumb piles
Number of
battered
piles
Vibratory installation duration per pile
(minutes)
Vibratory removal duration
per pile
(minutes)
Potential
impact
strikes
per pile,
if needed
(up to 5
piles; one
pile per day)
Production rate
(piles/day)
Days of installation
Installation
Days of removal
Removal
6
2
45 ...................
n/a ..................
1,000
1–3
n/a
4–12
n/a
4
6
0
0
45 ...................
n/a ..................
75 ...................
1,000
1,000
1–3
1–2
n/a
1–3
3–6
n/a
2–6
16
2
13.5 hours ......
7.5 hours ........
....................
........................
....................
7–18
2–6
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31874
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
The POA will use an unconfined
bubble curtain noise attenuation system
to mitigate noise propagation during
vibratory installation and potential
impact installation of the ten permanent
plumb piles and six temporary plumb
piles and vibratory removal of the six
temporary piles when water depth is
deep enough to deploy a bubble curtain
(approximately 3 m). Pile installation or
removal in the dry, which is a
completely de-watered state, is unlikely
but, if it occurs, will be conducted
without a bubble curtain. A bubble
curtain will not be used with the two
battered piles due to the angle of
installation. Use of an unconfined
bubble curtain is proposed instead of a
confined bubble curtain in order to
reduce the need for additional template
piles that would be required to stabilize
a confined bubble curtain.
All pile installation will take place
from a floating work barge and crane. A
marine-based operation is required
because of the extreme tidal range,
which precludes use of a land-based
crane in the absence of a temporary
support trestle. The floating work barge
will require sufficient water depth for
support. Opportunities to install piles
when the project site is dewatered will
be limited. Piles will be installed in
water and multiple piles will likely not
be driven concurrently.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
There are six species of marine
mammals that may be found in upper
Cook Inlet during the proposed pile
driving activities. Sections 3 and 4 of
the POA’s application summarize
available information regarding status
and trends, distribution and habitat
preferences, and behavior and life
history, of the potentially affected
species. Additional information
regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS’ Stock
Assessment Reports (SARs; https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments), and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’s
website (https://www.fisheries.
noaa.gov/find-species). Additional
information on CIBWs may be found in
NMFS’ 2016 Recovery Plan for the
CIBW (Delphinapterus leucas), available
online at https://www.fisheries.
noaa.gov/resource/document/recoveryplan-cook-inlet-beluga-whaledelphinapterus-leucas.
Table 2 lists all species or stocks for
which take is expected and proposed to
be authorized for this action and
summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and
potential biological removal (PBR),
where known. For taxonomy, we follow
Committee on Taxonomy (2019). PBR is
defined by the MMPA as the maximum
number of animals, not including
natural mortalities, that may be removed
from a marine mammal stock while
allowing that stock to reach or maintain
its optimum sustainable population (as
described in NMFS’s SARs). While no
mortality is anticipated or authorized
here, PBR and annual serious injury and
mortality from anthropogenic sources
are included here as gross indicators of
the status of the species and other
threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. 2019 SARs (e.g., Muto et al.,
2020a) and 2020 draft SARs (Muto et al.,
2020b). All values presented in Table 2
are the most recent available at the time
of publication and are available in the
2019 SARs (Muto et al., 2020a) and 2020
draft SARs (Muto et al., 2020b)
(available online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/draftmarine-mammal-stock-assessmentreports).
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY OCCURRING IN UPPER COOK INLET, ALASKA
Common name
Scientific name
Stock
I
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
I
Stock
abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
Annual
M/SI 3
PBR
I
I
Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
Family Balaenopteridae
(rorquals):
Humpback whale ................
Megaptera novaeangliae ..........
Western North Pacific ...............
Central North Pacific .................
E/D; Y
-/-; Y
I
1,107 (0.3, 865, 2006) ....
10,103 (0.3, 7890, 2006)
I
3
83
I
2.8
26
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Family Delphinidae:
Beluga whale ......................
Killer whale .........................
Family Phocoenidae (porpoises):
Harbor porpoise ..................
Delphinapterus leucas ..............
Orcinus orca .............................
Phocoena ..................................
Cook Inlet ..................................
Alaska Resident ........................
E/D; Y
-/-; N
Alaska Transient .......................
-/-; N
Gulf of Alaska ...........................
-/-; Y
279 (0.06, 267, 2018) .....
2,347 (N/A, 1102,347,
2012).
587 (N/A, 587, 2012) ......
0.53
24
0
1
5.87
0.8
31,046 (0.214, N/A,
1998).
Undet
72
53,932 (N/A, 52,932
2013).
318
255
Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia
Family Otariidae (eared seals
and sea lions):
Steller sea lion ....................
Eumetopias jubatus ..................
Western .....................................
I
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
E/D; Y
Jkt 253001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
I
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
I
31875
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES POTENTIALLY OCCURRING IN UPPER COOK INLET, ALASKA—Continued
Common name
Harbor seal .........................
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Scientific name
Stock
Phoca vitulina ...........................
Cook Inlet/Shelikof ....................
-/-; N
Stock
abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent
abundance survey) 2
28,411 (N/A, 26,907,
2018).
PBR
807
Annual
M/SI 3
107
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the
ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically
designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock
abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable because it has not been calculated.
3 These values, found in NMFS’ SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries,
ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
As indicated above, all six species
(with six managed stocks) in Table 2
temporally and spatially co-occur with
the activity to the degree that take is
reasonably likely to occur, and we have
proposed authorizing it. Marine
mammals occurring in Cook Inlet that
are not expected to be observed in the
project area and for which take is not
proposed include gray whales
(Eschrichtius robustus), minke whales
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), and Dall’s
porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli). Data
from the Alaska Marine Mammal
Stranding Network database (NMFS,
unpublished data) provide additional
support for the determination that these
species rarely occur in upper Cook Inlet.
Since 2011, only one minke whale and
one Dall’s porpoise have been
documented as stranded in the portion
of Cook Inlet north of Point Possession.
Both were dead upon discovery; it is
unknown if they were alive upon their
entry into upper Cook Inlet or drifted
into the area with the tides. No gray
whales were reported as stranded in
upper Cook Inlet during this time
period; however, one juvenile gray
whale was observed on May 24, 2020
during PCT Phase 1 construction
monitoring (61 North Environmental,
2021). This whale was first observed
mid-inlet off Port MacKenzie then
travelled along the southeastern shore of
Knik Arm until it was last sighted near
Point Woronzof. On May 27, 2020, there
were reports that a juvenile gray whale,
believed to be the same whale, was
stranded in the Twentymile River, at the
eastern end of Turnagain Arm,
approximately 50 mi southeast of Knik
Arm. The animal remained in the river
for a week, before swimming out of the
river. The whale later stranded and died
about 25 mi away at the mouth of the
Theodore River on June 12, 2020. No in
water pile installation occurred on 23 to
25 May, and there is no indication that
work at the PCT had any effect on the
animal. Based on photos and video
NMFS collected of the whale,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
veterinarians determined the whale was
in fair to poor condition (see https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/feature-story/
alaska-gray-whale-ume-updatetwentymile-river-whale-likely-onetwelve-dead-gray-whales for more
information). With very few exceptions,
minke whales, gray whales, and Dall’s
porpoises do not occur in upper Cook
Inlet; and, therefore, take of these
species is not requested in this
application.
In addition, sea otters (Enhydra lutris)
may be found in Cook Inlet. However,
sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and are
not considered further in this document.
Humpback Whale
Currently, three stocks of humpback
whales are recognized in the North
Pacific, migrating between their
respective summer/fall feeding areas
and winter/spring calving and mating
areas (Baker et al., 1998; Calambokidis
et al., 1997): (1) The California/Oregon/
Washington and Mexico stock, (2) the
Central North Pacific stock, and (3) the
Western North Pacific stock. Humpback
whales from the Western North Pacific
breeding stock overlap broadly on
summer feeding grounds with whales
from the Central North Pacific breeding
stock, as well as with whales that winter
in the Revillagigedo Islands in Mexico
(Muto et al., 2020a, 2020b). Despite this
overlap, the whales seasonally found in
Cook Inlet are probably of the Central
North Pacific stock (Muto et al., 2020a,
2020b). The Central North Pacific stock
winters in Hawaii (Baker et al., 1986)
and summers from British Columbia to
the Aleutian Islands (Calambokidis et
al., 1997), including Cook Inlet.
The humpback whale ESA listing
final rule (81 FR 62259, September 8,
2016) delineated 14 Distinct Population
Segments (DPSs) with different listing
statuses. The most comprehensive
photo-identification data available
suggest that approximately 89 percent of
all humpback whales in the Gulf of
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Alaska are members of the Hawaii DPS,
11 percent are from the Mexico DPS,
and less than 1 percent are from the
western North Pacific DPS (Wade et al.,
2016). The Hawaii DPS is not listed
under the ESA, the Mexico DPS is listed
as threatened, and the Western North
Pacific DPS is listed as endangered
under the ESA. Members of different
DPSs are known to intermix in feeding
grounds; therefore, all waters off the
coast of Alaska should be considered to
have ESA-listed humpback whales.
NMFS is in the process of reviewing
humpback whale stock structure under
the MMPA in light of the 14 DPSs
established under the ESA.
Humpback whales are encountered
regularly in lower Cook Inlet and
occasionally in mid-Cook Inlet;
however, sightings are rare in upper
Cook Inlet (e.g., Witteveen et al., 2011).
There have been few sightings of
humpback whales near the project area.
Humpback whales were not
documented during POA construction
or scientific monitoring from 2005 to
2011 or during 2016 (Cornick and
Pinney, 2011; Cornick and SaxonKendall, 2008, 2009; Cornick and
Seagars, 2016; Cornick et al., 2010,
2011; ICRC, 2009, 2010a, 2011a, 2012;
Markowitz and McGuire, 2007; PrevelRamos et al., 2006). Observers
monitoring the Ship Creek Small Boat
Launch from August 23 to September
11, 2017, recorded two sightings, each
of a single humpback whale, which was
presumed to be the same individual.
One other humpback whale sighting has
been recorded for the immediate
vicinity of the project area. This event
involved a stranded whale that was
sighted near a number of locations in
upper Cook Inlet before washing ashore
at Kincaid Park in 2017; it is unclear as
to whether the humpback whale was
alive or deceased upon entering Cook
Inlet waters. No humpbacks were
observed from April–November 2020
during Phase 1 PCT construction
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31876
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
monitoring (61 North Environmental,
2021).
The Central North Pacific stock is the
focus of a large whale-watching industry
in its wintering grounds (Hawaii) and
summering grounds (Alaska). The
growth of the whale-watching industry
is an ongoing concern as preferred
habitats may be abandoned if
disturbance levels are too high (Muto et
al., 2020a, 2020b). Other potential
impacts include elevated levels of
sound from anthropogenic sources (e.g.,
shipping, military sonars), harmful algal
blooms (Geraci et al., 1989), possible
changes in prey distribution with
climate change, entanglement in fishing
gear, ship strikes due to increased vessel
traffic (e.g., from increased shipping in
higher latitudes and through the Bering
Sea with changes in sea-ice coverage),
and oil and gas activities. An intentional
unauthorized take of a humpback whale
by Alaska Natives in Toksook Bay was
documented in 2016 (Muto et al., 2020a,
2020b); however, no subsistence use of
humpback whales occurs in Cook Inlet.
Humpback whale populations were
considerably reduced as a result of
intensive commercial exploitation
during the 20th century. Currently, the
overall trend for most humpback whale
populations found in U. S. waters is
positive and points toward recovery (81
FR 62259; September 8, 2016); however,
this may not be uniform for all breeding
areas. A sharp decline in observed
reproduction and encounter rates of
humpback whales from the Central
North Pacific stock between 2013 and
2018 has been related to oceanographic
anomalies and consequent impacts on
prey resources (Cartwright et al., 2019),
suggesting that humpback whales are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
vulnerable to major environmental
changes.
Beluga Whale
The CIBW stock is a small,
geographically isolated population
separated from other beluga whale
populations by the Alaska Peninsula.
The population is genetically distinct
from other Alaska populations,
suggesting the peninsula is an effective
barrier to genetic exchange (O’CorryCrowe et al., 1997). The CIBW
population is estimated to have
declined from 1,300 animals in the
1970s (Calkins, 1989) to about 340
animals in 2014 (Shelden et al., 2015),
and to 279 animals in 2018 (Wade et al.,
2019). The precipitous decline
documented in the mid-1990s was
attributed to unsustainable subsistence
practices by Alaska Native hunters
(harvest of >50 whales per year)
(Mahoney and Shelden, 2000).
Harvesting of CIBWs has not occurred
since 2008 (NMFS, 2008).
Despite protection from hunting and
other threats, this stock has not
rebounded and continues to decline
(Wade et al., 2019, Muto et al., 2020b).
The population was declining at the end
of the period of unregulated harvest,
with the relatively steep decline ending
in 1999, coincident with harvest
removals dropping from an estimated 42
in 1998 to just 0 to 2 whales per year
in 2000 to 2006 (and with no removals
after 2006). From 1999 to 2016, the rate
of decline of the population was
estimated to be 0.4 percent (SE = 0.6
percent) per year, with a 73 percent
probability of a population decline. This
rate increased from 2006 to 2016 to 0.5
percent per year, (with a 70 percent
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
probability of a population decline)
(Shelden et al., 2017). The latest
estimates suggest that this rate has
further increased to 2.3 percent decline
per year from 2008 to 2018, with a 99.7
percent probability of population
decline in the future (Wade et al., 2019,
Muto et al., 2020b). No human-caused
mortality or serious injury of CIBWs has
been recently documented.
The current best abundance estimate
of the CIBW population from the aerial
survey data is 279 (95 percent
probability interval 250 to 317). This is
based on the estimate of smoothed
abundance for 2018, as described in
Sheldon and Wade (2019). A
comparison of the population estimates
over time is presented in Figure 2.
While Sheldon and Wade (2019)
provides explanations for the
differences between model results,
including inadequacies and biases, the
authors do not postulate on the reason
for population decline in general (which
was evident using both models);
however, recent literature suggests prey
reductions may be a critical contributing
factor (Norman et al., 2019). This is not
unexpected as reduced prey availability
has been directly linked to increased
mortality and reduced health and
survival of other marine mammals
populations such as the Southern
Resident killer whale (e.g., Ward et al.,
2009, Wasser et al., 2017) and California
sea lion (e.g., McClatchie et al., 2016).
The CIBW stock was designated as
depleted under the MMPA in 2000 (65
FR 34590; May 21, 2000) and listed as
endangered under the ESA in 2008 (73
FR 62919; October 22, 2008). Therefore,
the CIBW stock is considered a strategic
stock.
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
31877
eHobbsN
■ BoydN
■
400 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
■
8
1---~---~--i
/
1------r--+-------~!
■
■
250
---------------------■--·----
■
200 --- 2007
- -2008
- -2009
- -2010
------ 2018
- -2017
- -2018
-.....
2004
2005
2008
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Survey year
Mortality related to live stranding
events, where a CIBW group strands as
the tide recedes, has been regularly
observed in upper Cook Inlet. Most
whales involved in a live stranding
event survive, although some associated
deaths may not be observed if the
whales die later from live-strandingrelated injuries (Vos and Shelden, 2005,
Burek-Huntington et al., 2015). Between
2014 and 2018, there were reports of
approximately 79 CIBWs involved in
three known live stranding events, plus
one suspected live stranding event with
two associated deaths reported (NMFS,
2016a; NMFS, unpubl. Data, Muto et al.,
2020b). In 2014, necropsy results from
two whales found in Turnagain Arm
suggested that a live stranding event
contributed to their deaths as both had
aspirated mud and water. No live
stranding events were reported prior to
the discovery of these dead whales,
suggesting that not all live stranding
events are observed. A CIBW calf that
stranded alive in 2017 was sent to the
Alaska SeaLife Center for rehabilitation
and then transferred to SeaWorld in San
Antonio, Texas, in 2018. Most live
strandings occur in Knik Arm and
Turnagain Arm, which are shallow and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
have large tidal ranges, strong currents,
and extensive mudflats. Another source
of CIBW mortality in Cook Inlet is
predation by transient-type (mammaleating) killer whales (NMFS, 2016a;
Sheldon et al., 2003).
In its Recovery Plan (NMFS, 2016a),
NMFS identified several threats to
CIBWs. Potential threats include: (1)
High concern: Catastrophic events (e.g.,
natural disasters, spills, mass
strandings), cumulative effects of
multiple stressors, and noise; (2)
medium concern: Disease agents (e.g.,
pathogens, parasites, and harmful algal
blooms), habitat loss or degradation,
reduction in prey, and unauthorized
take; and (3) low concern: Pollution,
predation, and subsistence harvest. The
recovery plan did not treat climate
change as a distinct threat but rather as
a consideration in the threats of high
and medium concern. Other potential
threats most likely to result in direct
human-caused mortality or serious
injury of this stock include ship strikes.
The CIBW stock remains within Cook
Inlet throughout the year, showing only
small seasonal shifts in distribution
(Goetz et al., 2012a, Lammers et al.,
2013, Castallotte et al., 2015; Shelden et
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
al., 2015a, 2018; Lowery et al., 2019).
NMFS designated two areas, consisting
of 7,809 km2 (3,016 mi2) of marine and
estuarine environments, considered
essential for the species’ survival and
recovery as critical habitat (76 FR
20180; April 11, 2011). However, in
recent years the range of the CIBW
whale has contracted to the upper
reaches of Cook Inlet because of the
decline in the population (Rugh et al.,
2010), and almost the entire population
can be found in northern Cook Inlet
from late spring through the summer
and into the fall (Muto et al., 2020b).
Area 1 of the CIBW critical habitat
encompasses all marine waters of Cook
Inlet north of a line connecting Point
Possession (61.04° N, 150.37° W) and
the mouth of Three Mile Creek
(61.08.55° N, 151.04.40° W), including
waters of the Susitna, Little Susitna, and
Chickaloon Rivers below mean higher
high water. This area provides
important habitat during ice-free
months and is used intensively by
CIBWs between April and November
(NMFS, 2016a). The POA, the adjacent
navigation channel, and the turning
basin were excluded from critical
habitat designation due to national
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
EN15JN21.014
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Figure 2. Annual estimates of abundance for both group size estimation methods.
The moving average of each set of estimates is also plotted. Taken from Sheldon and
Wade (2019).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31878
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
security reasons (76 FR 20180; April 11,
2011). More information on CIBW
critical habitat can be found at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/criticalhabitat-cook-inlet-beluga-whale.
Aerial surveys were conducted by
NMFS each year during from 1994 to
2012 (Rugh et al., 2000, 2005; Shelden
et al., 2013, 2019) to document
distribution and abundance of CIBWs.
NMFS changed to a biennial survey
schedule starting in 2014 after analysis
showed there would be little reduction
in the ability to detect a trend given the
current growth rate of the population
(Hobbs, 2013). The collective survey
results show that CIBWs have been
consistently found near or in river
mouths along the northern shores of
upper Cook Inlet (i.e., north of East and
West Foreland). In particular, CIBW
groups are seen in the Susitna River
Delta, Knik Arm, and along the shores
of Chickaloon Bay. Small groups have
also been recorded farther south in
Kachemak Bay, Redoubt Bay (Big River),
and Trading Bay (McArthur River) prior
to 1996 but very rarely thereafter. Since
the mid-1990s, most (96 to 100 percent)
CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet have been
concentrated in shallow areas near river
mouths (Sheldon et al., 2015), no longer
occurring in the central or southern
portions of Cook Inlet (Hobbs et al.,
2008). Based on these aerial surveys, the
concentration of CIBWs in the
northernmost portion of Cook Inlet
appears to be consistent from June to
October (Rugh et al., 2000, 2004a,
2004b, 2005, 2006, 2007). Research
reports generated from the surveys can
be found at https://www.fisheries.
noaa.gov/alaska/endangered-speciesconservation/research-reports-andpublications-cook-inlet-beluga-whales.
Though CIBWs can be found
throughout the inlet at any time of year,
they spend the ice-free months generally
in the upper Cook Inlet, shifting into the
middle and lower Inlet in winter (Hobbs
et al., 2005). In 1999, one CIBW was
tagged with a satellite transmitter, and
its movements were recorded from June
through September of that year. Since
1999, 18 CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet
have been captured and fitted with
satellite tags to provide information on
their movements during late summer,
fall, winter, and spring (Goetz et al.,
2012a; Shelden et al., 2015a, 2018). All
tagged CIBWs remained in Cook Inlet
(Shelden et al., 2015a, 2018). Most
tagged whales were in the lower to
middle inlet (70 to 100 percent of tagged
whales) during January through March,
near the Susitna River Delta from April
to July (60 to 90 percent of tagged
whales) and in the Knik and Turnagain
Arms from August to December (Ezer et
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
al., 2013). More recently, the Marine
Mammal Lab has conducted long-term
passive acoustic monitoring
demonstrating seasonal shifts in CIBW
concentrations throughout Cook Inlet.
Castellote et al. (2015) conducted longterm acoustic monitoring at 13 locations
throughout Cook Inlet between 2008
and 2015: North Eagle Bay, Eagle River
Mouth, South Eagle Bay, Six Mile, Point
MacKenzie, Cairn Point, Fire Island,
Little Susitna, Beluga River, Trading
Bay, Kenai River, Tuxedni Bay, and
Homer Spit; the former six stations
being located within Knik Arm. In
general, the observed seasonal
distribution is in accordance with
descriptions based on aerial surveys and
satellite telemetry: CIBW detections are
higher in the upper inlet during
summer, peaking at Little Susitna,
Beluga River, and Eagle Bay, followed
by fewer detections at those locations
during winter. Higher detections in
winter at Trading Bay, Kenai River, and
Tuxedni Bay suggest a broader CIBW
distribution in the lower inlet during
winter.
CIBWs are generally concentrated
near the warmer waters of river mouths
during the spring and summer because
that is where prey availability is high
and predator occurrence is low (Moore
et al., 2000). Goetz et al. (2012b)
modeled habitat preferences using
NMFS’ 1994–2008 June abundance
survey data. In large areas, such as the
Susitna Delta (Beluga to Little Susitna
Rivers) and Knik Arm, there was a high
probability that CIBWs were in larger
group sizes. CIBW presence also
increased closer to rivers with Chinook
salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha)
runs, such as the Susitna River.
Movement has been correlated with the
peak discharge of seven major rivers
emptying into Cook Inlet. Boat-based
surveys from 2005 to the present
(McGuire and Stephens, 2017) and
results from passive acoustic monitoring
across the entire inlet (Castellote et al.,
2015) also support seasonal patterns
observed with other methods. Based on
long-term passive acoustic monitoring,
seasonally, foraging behavior was more
prevalent during summer, particularly
at upper inlet rivers, than during winter.
Foraging index was highest at Little
Susitna, with a peak in July–August and
a secondary peak in May, followed by
Beluga River and then Eagle Bay;
monthly variation in the foraging index
indicates CIBWs shift their foraging
behavior among these three locations
from April through September.
CIBWs in Cook Inlet are believed to
mostly calve between mid-May and
mid-July, and concurrently breed
between late spring and early summer
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(NMFS, 2016a), primarily in upper Cook
Inlet. The only known observed
occurrence of calving occurred on July
20, 2015, in the Susitna Delta area (T.
McGuire, pers. comm. March 27, 2017).
The first neonates encountered during
each field season from 2005 through
2015 were always seen in the Susitna
River Delta in July. The photographic
identification team’s documentation of
the dates of the first neonate of each
year indicate that calving begins in midlate July/early August, generally
coinciding with the observed timing of
annual maximum group size. Probable
mating behavior of CIBWs was observed
in April and May of 2014, in Trading
Bay. Young CIBWs are nursed for two
years and may continue to associate
with their mothers for a considerable
time thereafter (Colbeck et al., 2013).
The POA conducted dedicated
monitoring during PCT Phase 1
construction between April and
November 2020 (61 North
Environmental, 2021). In total, protected
species observers (PSOs) observed 245
groups of approximately 987 CIBWs
near the POA (group sizes ranged from
1 to 53 individuals), with the most
number of individuals and groups being
seen in August (N = 56 groups of 274
individuals) and September (N = 73
groups of 276 individuals). CIBWs were
observed in every month of the project
(except during October, which only
included three project and monitoring
days) with the highest sightings per unit
effort, measured as CIBWs per hour of
observation, occurring at the end of
August and beginning of September.
Killer Whale
Killer whales are found throughout
the North Pacific Ocean. Along the west
coast of North America, seasonal and
year-round occurrence of killer whales
occur has been noted along the entire
Alaska coast (Braham and Dahlheim,
1982), in British Columbia and
Washington inland waterways (Bigg et
al., 1990), and along the outer coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California
(Green et al., 1992; Barlow 1995, 1997;
Forney et al., 1995). Killer whales from
these areas have been labeled as
‘‘resident,’’ ‘‘transient,’’ and ‘‘offshore’’
type killer whales (Bigg et al., 1990,
Ford et al., 2000, Dahlheim et al., 2008)
based on aspects of morphology,
ecology, genetics, and behavior (Ford
and Fisher, 1982; Baird and Stacey,
1988; Baird et al., 1992; Hoelzel et al.,
1998, 2002; Barrett Lennard, 2000;
Dahlheim et al., 2008). Two stocks of
killer whales may be present in upper
Cook Inlet: The Eastern North Pacific
Alaska Resident stock and the Gulf of
Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and Bering Sea
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Transient stock. Both ecotypes overlap
in the same geographic area; however,
they maintain social and reproductive
isolation and feed on different prey
species.
While there have been some anecdotal
reports of killer whales feeding on
CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet, sightings in
this region and near the POA are rare
(e.g., NMFS, 2016a; Sheldon et al.,
2003). During aerial surveys conducted
between 1993 and 2004 in Cook Inlet,
killer whales were only observed on
three flights, and all sightings were
located in the Kachemak and English
Bay area, south of the POA (Rugh et al.,
2005). Acoustic monitoring carried out
by Castellote et al. (2016) between 2008
and 2013 only detected one transient
killer whale at Beluga River, located
along the western shore of Cook Inlet,
west of the POA. Surveys conducted by
Funk et al., (2005), Ireland et al., (2005),
Brueggeman et al., (2007, 2008a, 2008b),
and McGuire et al., (2020) did not
observe killer whales in the vicinity of
or north of the POA. Lastly, killer
whales were not observed during POA
construction or scientific monitoring
from 2005 to 2011, during the 2016 Test
Pile Program (TPP), or during Phase 1 of
the PCT project carried out between
April–November 2020 (61 North
Environmental, 2021). Therefore, very
few killer whales, if any, are expected
to approach or be near the project area
during construction of the SFD.
Killer whales are not harvested for
subsistence in Alaska. Potential threats
most likely to result in direct humancaused mortality or serious injury of
killer whales in this region include oil
spills, vessel strikes, and interactions
with fisheries. Based on currently
available data, a minimum estimate of
the mean annual mortality and serious
injury rate for both the Alaska Residents
and Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands,
and Bering Sea Transient stocks due to
U.S. commercial fisheries is less than 10
percent of the PBR and, therefore, is
considered to be insignificant and
approaching zero mortality and serious
injury rate. Therefore, neither stock is
classified as a strategic stock (Muto et
al., 2020b).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises primarily frequent
the coastal waters of the Gulf of Alaska
and Southeast Alaska (Dahlheim et al.,
2000, 2009), typically occurring in
waters less than 100 m deep (Hobbs and
Waite, 2010). Harbor porpoise prefer
nearshore areas, bays, tidal areas, and
river mouths (Dahlheim et al., 2000,
2009, 2015; Hobbs and Waite, 2010). In
Alaskan waters, NMFS has designated
three stocks of harbor porpoises for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
management purposes: Southeast
Alaska, Gulf of Alaska, and Bering Sea
Stocks (Muto et al., 2020b). Porpoises
found in Cook Inlet belong to the Gulf
of Alaska Stock, which is distributed
from Cape Suckling to Unimak Pass.
Although harbor porpoises have been
frequently observed during aerial
surveys in Cook Inlet (Shelden et al.,
2014), most sightings are of single
animals and are concentrated at
Chinitna and Tuxedni bays on the west
side of lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al.,
2005). The occurrence of larger numbers
of porpoise in the lower Cook Inlet may
be driven by greater availability of
preferred prey and possibly less
competition with CIBWs, as CIBWs
move into upper inlet waters to forage
on Pacific salmon during the summer
months (Shelden et al., 2014).
There has been an increase in harbor
porpoise sightings in upper Cook Inlet
over the past two decades (Shelden et
al., 2014). Small numbers of harbor
porpoises have been consistently
reported in upper Cook Inlet between
April and October (Prevel-Ramos et al.,
2008). Harbor porpoises have been
observed within Knik Arm during
monitoring efforts since 2005. During
POA construction from 2005 through
2011 and in 2016, harbor porpoises
were reported in 2009, 2010, and 2011
(Cornick and Saxon-Kendall, 2008,
2009; Cornick and Seagars, 2016;
Cornick et al., 2010, 2011; Markowitz
and McGuire, 2007; Prevel-Ramos et al.,
2006). In 2009, 20 harbor porpoises
were observed during construction
monitoring, with sightings in June, July,
August, October, and November. Harbor
porpoises were observed twice in 2010,
once in July and again in August. In
2011, POA monitoring efforts
documented harbor porpoises five
times, with a total of six individuals, in
August, October, and November at the
POA (Cornick et al., 2011). During other
monitoring efforts conducted in Knik
Arm, there were four sightings of harbor
porpoises in 2005 (Shelden et al., 2014),
and a single harbor porpoise was
observed within the vicinity of the POA
in October 2007. More recent
monitoring conducted during Phase 1
PCT construction documented 15
groups (18 individuals) of harbor
porpoises near the POA between April
and November 2020 (group sizes ranged
1–2 individuals) (61 North
Environmental, 2021).
Estimates of human-caused mortality
and serious injury from stranding data
and fisherman self-reports are
underestimates because not all animals
strand or are self-reported nor are all
stranded animals found, reported, or
have the cause of death determined. In
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31879
addition, the trend of this stock is
unknown given existing data is more
than eight years old. NMFS considers
this stock strategic because the level of
mortality and serious injury would
likely exceed the PBR level if we had
accurate information on stock structure,
a newer abundance estimate, and
complete fisheries observer coverage.
Given their shallow water distribution,
harbor porpoise are vulnerable to
physical modifications of nearshore
habitats resulting from urban and
industrial development (including
waste management and nonpoint source
runoff) and activities such as
construction of docks and other overwater structures, filling of shallow areas,
dredging, and noise (Linnenschmidt et
al., 2013). Subsistence users have not
reported any harvest from the Gulf of
Alaska harbor porpoise stock since the
early 1900s (Shelden et al., 2014).
Steller Sea Lion
Steller sea lions inhabiting Cook Inlet
belong to the Western distinct
population segment (WDPS), and this is
the stock considered in this analysis.
NMFS defines the Steller sea lion WDPS
as all populations west of longitude
144° W to the western end of the
Aleutian Islands. The most recent
comprehensive aerial photographic and
land-based surveys of WDPS Steller sea
lions in Alaska were conducted during
the 2018 (Aleutian Islands west of
Shumagin Islands) and 2019 (Southeast
Alaska and Gulf of Alaska east of
Shumagin Islands) breeding seasons
(Sweeney et al., 2018, 2019). The WDPS
of Steller sea lions is currently listed as
endangered under the ESA (55 FR
49204, November 26, 1990) and
designated as depleted under the
MMPA. NMFS designated critical
habitat on August 27, 1993 (58 FR
45269). The critical habitat designation
for the WDPS of Steller sea lions was
determined to include a 37 km (20 nm)
buffer around all major haul-outs and
rookeries, and associated terrestrial,
atmospheric, and aquatic zones, plus
three large offshore foraging areas, none
of which occurs in the project area.
Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye
pollock, salmon, and arrowtooth
flounder during the summer, and
walleye pollock and Pacific cod during
the winter (Sinclair and Zeppelin,
2002). Except for salmon, none of these
are found in abundance in upper Cook
Inlet (Nemeth et al., 2007).
Within Cook Inlet, Steller sea lions
primarily inhabit lower Cook Inlet.
However, they occasionally venture to
upper Cook Inlet and Knik Arm and
may be attracted to salmon runs in the
region. Steller sea lions have been
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31880
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
observed near the POA in 2009 (ICRC
2009), 2016 (Cornick and Seagars, 2016),
and in 2020 during Phase 1 PCT
construction monitoring (61 North
Environmental, 2021). During POA
construction monitoring in June of 2009,
a Steller sea lion was documented three
times (within the same day) in Knik
Arm and was believed to be the same
individual (ICRC, 2009). In 2016, Steller
sea lions were observed on two separate
days. On May 2, 2016, one individual
was sighted. On May 25, 2016, there
were five Steller sea lion sightings
within a 50-minute period, and these
sightings occurred in areas relatively
close to one another suggesting they
were likely the same animal (Cornick
and Seagars, 2016). Most recently, up to
six Steller sea lions were sighted across
four days between May 29 and June 24,
2020 during Phase PCT 1 construction
monitoring (61 North Environmental,
2021). At least two of these sightings
may have been re-sights on the same
individual. An additional seven
unidentified pinnipeds were observed
that could have been Steller sea lions or
harbor seals (61 North Environmental,
2021).
The minimum estimated mean annual
level of human-caused mortality and
serious injury for Western U.S. Steller
sea lions between 2014 and 2018 is 255
sea lions: 38 in U.S. commercial
fisheries, 0.8 in unknown (commercial,
recreational, or subsistence) fisheries,
3.2 in marine debris, 3.6 due to other
causes (arrow strike, entangled in
hatchery net, illegal shooting, mortality
incidental to Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA) authorized
research), and 209 in the Alaska Native
subsistence harvest (Muto et al., 2020b).
However, there are multiple nearshore
commercial fisheries which are not
observed; thus, there is likely to be
unreported fishery-related mortality and
serious injury of Steller sea lions.
Several factors may have been
important drivers of the decline of the
stock. However, there is uncertainty
about threats currently impeding their
recovery, particularly in the Aleutian
Islands. Many factors have been
suggested as causes of the steep decline
in abundance of western Steller sea
lions observed in the 1980s, including
competitive effects of fishing,
environmental change, disease,
contaminants, killer whale predation,
incidental take, and illegal and legal
shooting (Atkinson et al., 2008; NMFS,
2008a). A number of management
actions have been implemented since
1990 to promote the recovery of the
Western U.S. stock of Steller sea lions,
including 3-nmi no-entry zones around
rookeries, prohibition of shooting at or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
near sea lions, and regulation of
fisheries for sea lion prey species (e.g.,
walleye pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka
mackerel) (Sinclair et al., 2013, Tollit et
al., 2017). Additionally, potentially
deleterious events, such as harmful algal
blooms (Lefebvre et al., 2016) and
disease transmission across the Arctic
(VanWormer et al., 2019) that have been
associated with warming waters, could
lead to potentially negative populationlevel impacts on Steller sea lions.
Harbor Seal
Harbor seals inhabit coastal and
estuarine waters off Baja California,
north along the western coasts of the
United States, British Columbia, and
Southeast Alaska, west through the Gulf
of Alaska and Aleutian Islands, and in
the Bering Sea north to Cape Newenham
and the Pribilof Islands. They haul out
on rocks, reefs, beaches, and drifting
glacial ice and feed in marine, estuarine,
and occasionally fresh waters. Harbor
seals generally are non-migratory, with
local movements associated with such
factors as tides, weather, season, food
availability, and reproduction (Scheffer
and Slipp, 1944; Fisher, 1952; Bigg,
1969, 1981; Hastings et al., 2004). NMFS
currently identifies twelve stocks of
harbor seals based largely on genetic
structure (Muto et al., 2020a). Harbor
seals from the Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait
stock, which ranges from the southwest
tip of Unimak Island east along the
southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula
to Elizabeth Island off the southwest tip
of the Kenai Peninsula, including Cook
Inlet, Knik Arm, and Turnagain Arm,
are considered in this analysis.
Harbor seals belonging to this stock
inhabit the coastal and estuarine waters
of Cook Inlet and are observed in both
upper and lower Cook Inlet throughout
most of the year (Boveng et al., 2012;
Shelden et al., 2013). Research on
satellite-tagged harbor seals conducted
between 2004 and 2006 observed
several movement patterns within Cook
Inlet (Boveng et al., 2012), including a
strong seasonal pattern of more coastal
and restricted spatial use during the
spring and summer (breeding, pupping,
molting) and more wide-ranging
movements within and outside of Cook
Inlet during the winter months, with
some seals ranging as far as Shumigan
Islands. During summer months,
movements and distribution was mostly
confined to the west side of Cook Inlet
and Kachemak Bay, and seals captured
in lower Cook Inlet generally exhibited
site fidelity by remaining south of the
Forelands in lower Cook Inlet after
release (Boveng et al., 2012).
The presence of harbor seals in upper
Cook Inlet is seasonal. Harbor seals are
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
commonly observed along the Susitna
River and other tributaries within upper
Cook Inlet during eulachon and salmon
migrations (NMFS, 2003). The major
haulout sites for harbor seals are located
in lower Cook Inlet with fewer sites in
upper Cook Inlet (Montgomery et al.,
2007). In the project area (Knik Arm),
harbor seals tend to congregate near the
mouth of Ship Creek (Cornick et al.,
2011; Shelden et al., 2013), likely
foraging on salmon and eulachon runs.
Approximately 138 harbor seals were
observed during POA monitoring prior
to 2020, with sightings ranging from
three individuals in 2008 to 59
individuals in 2011. During 2020 PCT
Phase 1 construction monitoring, harbor
seals were regularly observed in the
vicinity of the POA with frequent
observations near the mouth of Ship
Creek, located approximately 700 m
southeast of the SFD location. From 27
April through 24 November 2020, a total
of 340 individual harbor seals were
observed (61 North Environmental,
2021). An additional seven unidentified
pinnipeds were observed that could
have been Steller sea lions or harbor
seals. Harbor seals were observed almost
daily during construction, with 54
individuals documented in July, 66
documented in August, and 44 sighted
in September (61North Environmental,
2021).
The most current population trend
estimate of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof
Strait stock is approximately –111 seals
per year, with a probability that the
stock is decreasing of 0.609 (Muto et al.,
2020a). The estimated level of humancaused mortality and serious injury for
this stock is 234 seals, of which 233
seals are taken for subsistence uses.
Between 2013 and 2017, there were two
reports of Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait
harbor seal mortality and serious injury
due to entanglements in fishing gear,
including one in a Cook Inlet salmon set
gillnet in 2014 and one in an
unidentified net in 2017, resulting in a
mean annual mortality and serious
injury rate of 0.4 harbor seals from this
stock due to interactions with unknown
(commercial, recreational, or
subsistence) fisheries (Muto et al.,
2020a). Additional potential threats
most likely to result in direct humancaused mortality or serious injury for all
stocks of harbor seals in Alaska include
unmonitored subsistence harvests,
incidental takes in commercial fisheries,
illegal shooting, and entanglements in
marine debris (Delean et al., 2020, Muto
et al., 2020a). Disturbance by cruise
vessels is an additional threat for harbor
seal stocks that occur in glacial fjords
(Jansen et al., 2010, 2015; Matthews et
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
al., 2016). The average annual harvest of
this stock of harbor seals between 2004
and 2008 was 233 seals per year. The
annual harvest in 2014 was 104 seals
(Muto et al., 2020a). This stock is not
designated as depleted under the
MMPA or listed as threatened or
endangered under the ESA, and the
minimum estimate of the mean annual
level of human-caused mortality and
serious injury does not exceed PBR;
therefore, the Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait
stock of harbor seals is not classified as
a strategic stock (Muto et al., 2020a).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al., (2007)
recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups
based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available
behavioral response data, audiograms
derived using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
31881
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al., (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 3.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
[NMFS, 2018]
Generalized hearing
range *
Hearing group
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) .....................................................................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ...........................................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L.
australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) ...................................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ..............................................................................................
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemila¨ et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information. Six marine
mammal species (four cetacean and two
pinniped (one otariid and one phocid)
species) have the reasonable potential to
co-occur with the proposed construction
activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the
cetacean species that may be present,
one is classified as low-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species),
two are classified as mid-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid
species and the sperm whale), and one
is classified as high-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., harbor porpoise and Kogia spp.).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
The primary relevant stressor to
marine mammals from the proposed
activity is the introduction of noise into
the aquatic environment; therefore, we
focus our impact analysis on the effects
of anthropogenic noise on marine
mammals. To better understand the
potential impacts of exposure to pile
driving noise, we describe sound source
characteristics below. Specifically, we
look at the following two ways to
characterize sound: by its temporal (i.e.,
continuous or intermittent) and its pulse
(i.e., impulsive or non-impulsive)
properties. Continuous sounds are those
whose sound pressure level remains
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
above that of the ambient sound, with
negligibly small fluctuations in level
(NIOSH, 1998; ANSI, 2005), while
intermittent sounds are defined as
sounds with interrupted levels of low or
no sound (NIOSH, 1998). Impulsive
sounds, such as those generated by
impact pile driving, are typically
transient, brief (<1 sec), broadband, and
consist of a high peak pressure with
rapid rise time and rapid decay (ANSI,
1986; NIOSH, 1998). The majority of
energy in pile impact pulses is at
frequencies below 500 hertz (Hz).
Impulsive sounds, by definition, are
intermittent. Non-impulsive sounds,
such as those generated by vibratory
pile driving, can be broadband,
narrowband or tonal, brief or prolonged,
and typically do not have a high peak
sound pressure with rapid rise/decay
time that impulsive sounds do (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Non-impulsive
sounds can be intermittent or
continuous. Similar to impact pile
driving, vibratory pile driving generates
low frequency sounds. Vibratory pile
driving is considered a non-impulsive,
continuous source. Discussion on the
appropriate harassment threshold
associated with these types of sources
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31882
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
based on these characteristics can be
found in the Estimated Take section.
Potential Effects of Pile Driving—In
general, the effects of sounds from pile
driving to marine mammals might result
in one or more of the following:
Temporary or permanent hearing
impairment, non-auditory physical or
physiological effects, behavioral
disturbance, and masking (Richardson
et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007;
Southall et al., 2007). The potential for
and magnitude of these effects are
dependent on several factors, including
receiver characteristics (e.g., age, size,
depth of the marine mammal receiving
the sound during exposure); the energy
needed to drive the pile (usually related
to pile size, depth driven, and
substrate), the standoff distance between
the pile and receiver; and the sound
propagation properties of the
environment.
Impacts to marine mammals from pile
driving activities are expected to result
primarily from acoustic pathways. As
such, the degree of effect is intrinsically
related to the received level and
duration of the sound exposure, which
are in turn influenced by the distance
between the animal and the source. The
further away from the source, the less
intense the exposure should be. The
type of pile driving also influences the
type of impacts, for example, exposure
to impact pile driving may result in
temporary or permanent hearing
impairment, while auditory impacts are
unlikely to result from exposure to
vibratory pile driving. The substrate and
depth of the habitat affect the sound
propagation properties of the
environment. Shallow environments are
typically more structurally complex,
which leads to rapid sound attenuation.
In addition, substrates that are soft (e.g.,
sand) absorb or attenuate the sound
more readily than hard substrates (e.g.,
rock) which may reflect the acoustic
wave. Soft porous substrates also likely
require less time to drive the pile, and
possibly less forceful equipment, which
ultimately decrease the intensity of the
acoustic source.
Richardson et al., (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal, but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects
(i.e., permanent hearing impairment,
certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects) only briefly as we
do not expect that there is a reasonable
likelihood that POA’s activities would
result in such effects (see below for
further discussion).
NMFS defines a noise-induced
threshold shift (TS) as ‘‘a change,
usually an increase, in the threshold of
audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual’s hearing range
above a previously established reference
level’’ (NMFS, 2016b). The amount of
threshold shift is customarily expressed
in dB (ANSI 1995, Yost 2007). A TS can
be permanent (PTS) or temporary (TTS).
As described in NMFS (2018), there are
numerous factors to consider when
examining the consequence of TS,
including, but not limited to, the signal
temporal pattern (e.g., impulsive or nonimpulsive), likelihood an individual
would be exposed for a long enough
duration or to a high enough level to
induce a TS, the magnitude of the TS,
time to recovery (seconds to minutes or
hours to days), the frequency range of
the exposure (i.e., spectral content), the
hearing and vocalization frequency
range of the exposed species relative to
the signal’s frequency spectrum (i.e.,
how animal uses sound within the
frequency band of the signal; e.g.,
Kastelein et al., 2014), and the overlap
between the animal and the source (e.g.,
spatial, temporal, and spectral). When
analyzing the auditory effects of noise
exposure, it is often helpful to broadly
categorize sound as either impulsive—
noise with high peak sound pressure,
short duration, fast rise-time, and broad
frequency content—or non-impulsive.
When considering auditory effects,
vibratory pile driving is considered a
non-impulsive source while impact pile
driving is treated as an impulsive
source.
Permanent Threshold Shift—NMFS
defines PTS as a permanent, irreversible
increase in the threshold of audibility at
a specified frequency or portion of an
individual’s hearing range above a
previously established reference level
(NMFS, 2018). Available data from
humans and other terrestrial mammals
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
indicate that a 40 dB threshold shift
approximates PTS onset (see NMFS
2018 for review).
Temporary Threshold Shift—NMFS
defines TTS as a temporary, reversible
increase in the threshold of audibility at
a specified frequency or portion of an
individual’s hearing range above a
previously established reference level
(NMFS, 2018). Based on data from
cetacean TTS measurements (see
Finneran 2015 for a review), a TTS of
6 dB is considered the minimum
threshold shift clearly larger than any
day-to-day or session-to-session
variation in a subject’s normal hearing
ability (Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran
et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002).
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts. We
note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as
humans and other taxa (Southall et al.,
2007), so we can infer that strategies
exist for coping with this condition to
some degree, though likely not without
cost.
Schlundt et al. (2000) performed a
study exposing five bottlenose dolphins
and two beluga whales (same
individuals as Finneran’s studies) to
intense one second tones at different
frequencies. The resulting levels of
fatiguing stimuli necessary to induce 6
dB or larger masked TTSs were
generally between 192 and 201 dB re: 1
microPascal (mPa). Dolphins began to
exhibit altered behavior at levels of 178–
193 dB re: 1mPa and above; beluga
whales displayed altered behavior at
180–196 dB re: 1 mPa and above. At the
conclusion of the study, all thresholds
were at baseline values.
There are a limited number of studies
investigating the potential for cetacean
TTS from pile driving and only one has
elicited a small amount of TTS in a
single harbor porpoise individual
(Kastelein et al., 2015). However,
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
captive bottlenose dolphins and beluga
whales have exhibited changes in
behavior when exposed to pulsed
sounds (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002,
2005). The animals tolerated high
received levels of sound before
exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Experiments on a beluga whale showed
that exposure to a single watergun
impulse at a received level of 207
kiloPascal (kPa) (30 psi) p-p, which is
equivalent to 228 dB p-p, resulted in a
7 and 6 dB TTS in the beluga whale at
0.4 and 30 kHz, respectively.
Thresholds returned to within 2 dB of
the pre-exposure level within four
minutes of the exposure (Finneran et al.,
2002). Although the source level of pile
driving from one hammer strike is
expected to be lower than the single
watergun impulse cited here, animals
being exposed for a prolonged period to
repeated hammer strikes could receive
more sound exposure in terms of SEL
than from the single watergun impulse
(estimated at 188 dB re 1 mPa2-s) in the
aforementioned experiment (Finneran et
al., 2002). Results of these studies
suggest odontocetes are susceptible to
TTS from pile driving, but that they
seem to recover quickly from at least
small amounts of TTS.
Behavioral Responses—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Disturbance may result in changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral
activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located.
Pinnipeds may increase their haul-out
time, possibly to avoid in-water
disturbance (Thorson and Reyff, 2006).
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source). In
general, pinnipeds seem more tolerant
of, or at least habituate more quickly to,
potentially disturbing underwater sound
than do cetaceans, and generally seem
to be less responsive to exposure to
industrial sound than most cetaceans.
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted above, behavioral state may
affect the type of response. For example,
animals that are resting may show
greater behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have showed
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
marine mammals to loud pulsed sound
sources (typically seismic airguns or
acoustic harassment devices) have been
varied but often consist of avoidance
behavior or other behavioral changes
suggesting discomfort (Morton and
Symonds 2002; see also Richardson et
al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31883
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).
Variations in dive behavior may reflect
interruptions in biologically significant
activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
of little biological significance. The
impact of an alteration to dive behavior
resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at
the time of the exposure and the type
and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.,
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31884
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while right whales (Eubalaena glacialis)
have been observed to shift the
frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in
areas of increased anthropogenic noise
(Parks et al., 2007). In some cases,
animals may cease sound production
during production of aversive signals
(Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales (Eschrictius robustus) are
known to change direction—deflecting
from customary migratory paths—in
order to avoid noise from seismic
surveys (Malme et al., 1984). Avoidance
may be short-term, with animals
returning to the area once the noise has
ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold,
1996; Stone et al., 2000; Morton and
Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).
Longer-term displacement is possible,
however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of
the affected species in the affected
region if habituation to the presence of
the sound does not occur (e.g.,
Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and
England, 2001). However, it should be
noted that response to a perceived
predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and
whether individuals are solitary or in
groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al, 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Stress responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b,
Wright et al., 2007) and, more rarely,
studied in wild populations (e.g.,
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
Romano et al., 2002a). For example,
Rolland et al., (2012) found that noise
reduction from reduced ship traffic in
the Bay of Fundy was associated with
decreased stress in North Atlantic right
whales. These and other studies lead to
a reasonable expectation that some
marine mammals will experience
physiological stress responses upon
exposure to acoustic stressors and that
it is possible that some of these would
be classified as ‘‘distress.’’ In addition,
any animal experiencing TTS would
likely also experience stress responses
(NRC, 2003).
Specific to CIBWs, we have several
years of marine mammal monitoring
data demonstrating the behavioral
responses to pile driving at the POA.
Previous pile driving activities range
from the installation and removal of
sheet pile driving to installation of 48in pipe piles with both vibratory and
impact hammers, and vibratory
installation of 72-inch air bubble
casings. Kendall and Cornick (2015)
provide a comprehensive overview of
four years of scientific marine mammal
monitoring conducted during the POA’s
Expansion Project. These were
observations made independent of pile
driving activities (i.e., not construction
based PSOs). The authors investigated
CIBWs behavior before and during pile
driving activity at the POA. Sighting
rates, mean sighting duration, behavior,
mean group size, group composition,
and group formation were compared
between the two periods. A total of
about 2,329 h of sampling effort was
completed across 349 d from 2005 to
2009. Overall, 687 whales in 177 groups
were documented during the 69 days
that whales were sighted. A total of 353
and 1,663 hours of pile driving took
place in 2008 and 2009, respectively.
There was no relationship between
monthly CIBW sighting rates and
monthly pile driving rates (r = 0.19, p
= 0.37). Sighting rates before (n = 12;
0.06 ± 0.01) and during (n = 13; 0.01 ±
0.03) pile driving were not significantly
different. However, sighting duration of
CIBWs decreased significantly during
pile driving (39 ± 6 min before and 18
± 3 min during). There were also
significant differences in behavior
before versus during pile driving.
CIBWs primarily traveled through the
study area both before and during pile
driving; however, traveling increased
relative to other behaviors during pile
driving. Suspected feeding decreased
during pile driving although the sample
size was low as feeding was observed on
only two occasions before pile driving
and on zero occasions during pile
driving. Documentation of milling began
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
in 2008 and was observed on 21
occasions. No acute behavioral
responses were documented. Mean
group size decreased during pile
driving; however, this difference was
not statistically significant. There were
significant differences in group
composition before and during pile
driving between monthly CIBW sighting
rates and monthly pile driving rates
with more white (i.e., older) animals
being present during pile driving.
During PCT construction monitoring,
behaviors of CIBWs groups were
compared by month and by construction
activity (61 North Environmental, 2021).
Little variability was evident in the
behaviors recorded from month to
month, or between sightings that
coincided with in-water pile installation
and removal and those that did not. One
minor difference was a slightly higher
incidence of milling behavior during the
periods of no pile driving and slightly
higher rates of traveling behavior during
periods when CIBWs were potential
disturbed by pile driving.
Acoustically, Kendall et al. (2013)
only recorded echolocation clicks and
no whistles or noisy vocalizations near
construction activity at the POA. CIBWs
have been occasionally documented to
forage around Ship Creek (south of the
POA) but, during pile driving, may
choose to move past the POA to other,
potentially richer, feeding areas further
into Knik Arm (e.g., Six Mile Creek,
Eagle River, Eklutna River). These
locations contain predictable salmon
runs (ADF&G, 2010), an important food
source for CIBWs, and the timing of
these runs has been correlated with
CIBW movements into the upper
reaches of Knik Arm (Ezer et al., 2013).
Auditory Masking
Since many marine mammals rely on
sound to find prey, moderate social
interactions, and facilitate mating
(Tyack, 2008), noise from anthropogenic
sound sources can interfere with these
functions, but only if the noise spectrum
overlaps with the hearing sensitivity of
the marine mammal (Southall et al.,
2007; Clark et al., 2009; Hatch et al.,
2012). Chronic exposure to excessive,
though not high-intensity, noise could
cause masking at particular frequencies
for marine mammals that utilize sound
for vital biological functions (Clark et
al., 2009). Acoustic masking is when
other noises such as from human
sources interfere with animal detection
of acoustic signals such as
communication calls, echolocation
sounds, and environmental sounds
important to marine mammals.
Therefore, under certain circumstances,
marine mammals whose acoustical
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31885
sensors or environment are being
severely masked could also be impaired
from maximizing their performance
fitness in survival and reproduction.
Masking, which can occur over large
temporal and spatial scales, can
potentially affect the species at
population, community, or even
ecosystem levels, as well as individual
levels. Masking affects both senders and
receivers of the signals and could have
long-term chronic effects on marine
mammal species and populations.
Masking occurs at the frequency band
which the animals utilize so the
frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. Pile driving generates low
frequency sounds; therefore, mysticete
foraging is likely more affected than
odontocetes given very high frequency
echolocation clicks (typically associated
with odontocete foraging) are likely
unmasked to any significant degree.
However, lower frequency man-made
sounds may affect communication
signals when they occur near the sound
band and thus reduce the
communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and cause increased
stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt
et al., 2009).
Moreover, even within a given
species, different types of man-made
noises may results in varying degrees of
masking. For example, Erbe (1997) and
Erbe and Farmer (1998) analyzed the
effect of masking of beluga calls by
exposing a trained beluga to icebreaker
propeller noise, an icebreaker’s bubbler
system, and ambient Arctic ice cracking
noise, and found that the latter was the
least problematic for the whale
detecting the calls. Sheifele et al. (2005)
studied a population of belugas in the
St. Lawrence River Estuary to determine
whether beluga vocalizations showed
intensity changes in response to
shipping noise. This type of behavior
has been observed in humans and is
known as the Lombard vocal response
(Lombard, 1911). Sheifele et al. (2005)
demonstrated that shipping noise did
cause belugas to vocalize louder. The
acoustic behavior of this same
population of belugas was studied in the
presence of ferry and small boat noise.
Lesage et al. (1999) described more
persistent vocal responses when whales
were exposed to the ferry than to the
small-boat noise. These included a
progressive reduction in calling rate
while vessels were approaching, an
increase in the repetition of specific
calls, and a shift to higher frequency
bands used by vocalizing animals when
vessels were close to the whales. The
authors concluded that these changes,
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31886
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
and the reduction in calling rate to
almost silence, may reduce
communication efficiency which is
critical for a species of a gregarious
nature. However, the authors also stated
that because of the gregarious nature of
belugas, this ‘‘would not pose a serious
problem for intraherd communication’’
of belugas given the short distance
between group members, and concluded
a noise source would have to be very
close to potentially limit any
communication within the beluga group
(Lesage et al., 1999). However,
increasing the intensity or repetition
rate, or shifting to higher frequencies
when exposed to shipping noise (from
merchant, whale watching, ferry and
small boats), is indicative of an increase
of energy costs (Bradbury and
Vehrencamp, 1998).
Marine mammals in Cook Inlet are
continuously exposed to anthropogenic
noise which may lead to some
habituation but is also a source of
masking (Castellote et al., 2019, Mooney
et al., 2020). A subsample (8756 hours)
of the acoustic recordings collected by
the Cook Inlet Beluga Acoustics
research program in Cook Inlet, Alaska,
from July 2008 to May 2013, were
analyzed to describe anthropogenic
sources of underwater noise, acoustic
characteristics, and frequency of
occurrence and evaluate the potential
for acoustic impact to CIBWs. As
described in Castellote et al., (2016), a
total of 13 sources of noise were
identified: commercial ship, dredging,
helicopter, jet aircraft (commercial or
non-fighter), jet aircraft (military
fighter), outboard engine (small skiffs,
rafts), pile driving, propeller aircraft,
sub-bottom profiler, unclassified
machinery (continuous mechanical
sound; e.g., engine), unidentified ‘clank’
or ‘bang’ (impulsive mechanical sound;
e.g., barge dumping), unidentified
(unclassifiable anthropogenic sound),
unknown up- or down-sweep
(modulated tone of mechanical origin;
e.g., hydraulics). A total of 6263
anthropogenic acoustic events were
detected and classified, which had a
total duration of 1025 hours and
represented 11.7 percent of the sound
recordings analyzed. There was strong
variability in source diversity, loudness,
distribution, and seasonal occurrence of
noise, which reflects the many different
activities within the Cook Inlet. Cairn
Point was the location where the
loudness and duration of commercial
ship noise events were most
concentrated, due to activities at the
POA. This specific source of
anthropogenic noise was present in the
recordings from all months analyzed,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
with highest levels in August. In
addition to the concentrated shipping
noise at Cairn Point, a combination of
unknown noise classes occurred in this
area, particularly during summer.
Specifically, unknown up or down
sweeps, unidentified, unclassed
machinery, and unidentified clank or
bang noise classes were all documented.
In contrast, Eagle River (north of the
POA and where CIBWs concentrate to
forage) was the quietest of all sampled
locations.
Sensitivity in CIBW hearing may
make them more susceptible to masking.
The first empirical hearing data of a
CIBW was recently obtained by Mooney
et al., (2020), who used auditory evoked
potentials to measure the hearing of a
wild, stranded CIBW as part of its
rehabilitation assessment. The CIBW
exhibited broadband (4–128 kHz) and
sensitive hearing (<80 dB) for a wide
range of frequencies (16–80 kHz), with
the audiogram shape and waveforms
generally reflective of a sensitive
odontocete’s auditory system without
substantial hearing loss (Mooney et al.,
2020). This sensitivity suggests that
CIBWs are susceptible to masking from
a variety of anthropogenic sources in
Cook Inlet.
Potential Pile Driving Effects on
Prey—Pile driving produces continuous,
non-impulsive (i.e., vibratory pile
driving) sounds and intermittent, pulsed
(i.e., impact driving) sounds. Fish react
to sounds that are especially strong and/
or intermittent low-frequency sounds.
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause
overt or subtle changes in fish behavior
and local distribution. Hastings and
Popper (2005) identified several studies
that suggest fish may relocate to avoid
certain areas of sound energy.
Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although
several are based on studies in support
of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001,
2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009).
Sound pressure levels (SPLs) of
sufficient strength have been known to
cause injury to fish and fish mortality
(summarized in Popper et al., 2014).
The most likely impact to fish from pile
driving activities at the project area
would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of this area after pile
driving stops is unknown, but a rapid
return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior is anticipated.
As discussed in the Marine Mammal
section above, NMFS designated CIBW
critical habitat in Knik Arm. Knik Arm
is Type 1 habitat for the CIBWs, which
means it is the most valuable, used
intensively by CIBWs from spring
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
through fall for foraging and nursery
habitat. However, the POA, the adjacent
navigation channel, and the turning
basin were excluded from critical
habitat designation due to national
security concerns (76 FR 20180; April
11, 2011). Foraging primarily occurs at
river mouths (e.g., Susitna Delta, Eagle
River flats) which are unlikely to be
influenced by pile driving activities.
The Susitna Delta is more than 20 km
from the POA and Cairn Point is likely
to impede any pile driving noise from
propagating into northern Knik Arm. Of
the 245 CIBW groups observed during
PCT construction monitoring, only two
groups were suspected to be feeding (61
North Environmental, 2021). One of
these groups (n = 4 CIBWs) was
observed on May 7, 2020, a non-pile
driving day, approximately 142 m away
from the PCT. The other group (n = 3
CIBWs) was observed on July 14, 2020
during impact installation of an
attenuated 48-inch pile. These CIBWs
were suspected to be foraging in
Bootleggers Cove, approximately 1,399
m way from the PCT and outside the
respective Level B harassment zone (824
m). It was unclear whether or not
feeding occurred during pile driving
activities (61 North Environmental,
2021).
Acoustic habitat is the soundscape
which encompasses all of the sound
present in a particular location and
time, as a whole, when considered from
the perspective of the animals
experiencing it. Animals produce sound
for, or listen for sounds produced by,
conspecifics (communication during
feeding, mating, and other social
activities), other animals (finding prey
or avoiding predators) and the physical
environment (finding suitable habitats,
navigating). Together, sounds made by
animals and the geophysical
environment (e.g., produced by
earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
waves) make up the natural
contributions to the total acoustics of a
place. These acoustic conditions,
termed acoustic habitat, are one
attribute of an animal’s total habitat.
Soundscapes are also defined by, and
acoustic habitat influenced by, the total
contribution of anthropogenic sound.
This may include incidental emissions
from sources such as vessel traffic or
may be intentionally introduced to the
marine environment for data acquisition
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays
or other sources). Anthropogenic noise
varies widely in its frequency content,
duration, and loudness and these
characteristics greatly influence the
potential habitat-mediated effects to
marine mammals (please see also the
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
previous discussion on masking under
‘‘Acoustic Effects’’), which may range
from local effects for brief periods of
time to chronic effects over large areas
and for long durations. Depending on
the extent of effects to habitat, animals
may alter their communications signals
(thereby potentially expending
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues
(either conspecific or adventitious). For
more detail on these concepts see, e.g.,
Barber et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al.,
2011; Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et
al., 2014.
CIBW foraging habitat is limited at the
POA given the highly industrialized
area. However, foraging habitat exists
near the POA, including Ship Creek and
to the north of Cairn Point. Potential
impacts to foraging habitat include
increased turbidity and elevation in
noise levels during pile driving. While
the POA is building a new dock, it is
removing the float and gangway of the
existing dock and permanent impacts
from the presence of the new dock are
negligible. Here, we focus on
construction impacts such as increased
turbidity and reference the section on
acoustic habitat impacts above.
Pile installation may temporarily
increase turbidity resulting from
suspended sediments. Any increases
would be temporary, localized, and
minimal. POA must comply with state
water quality standards during these
operations by limiting the extent of
turbidity to the immediate project area.
In general, turbidity associated with pile
installation is localized to about a 25foot (7.6 m) radius around the pile
(Everitt et al., 1980). Cetaceans are not
expected to be close enough to the
project activity areas to experience
effects of turbidity, and any small
cetaceans and pinnipeds could avoid
localized areas of turbidity. Therefore,
the impact from increased turbidity
levels is expected to be discountable to
marine mammals. No turbidity impacts
to Ship Creek or critical CIBW foraging
habitats are anticipated.
In summary, activities associated with
the proposed SFD project are not likely
to have a permanent, adverse effect on
marine mammal habitat or populations
of fish species or on the quality of
acoustic habitat. Marine mammals may
choose to not forage in close proximity
to the SFD site during pile driving;
however, the POA is not a critical
foraging location for any marine
mammal species. As discussed above,
harbor seals primarily use Ship Creek as
foraging habitat within Knik Arm.
CIBWs utilize Eagle Bay and rivers
north of the POA which are not
expected to be ensonified by the SFD
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
31887
project. Therefore, no impacts to critical
foraging grounds are anticipated.
more detail and present the proposed
take estimate.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as pile driving
has the potential to result in disruption
of behavioral patterns for individual
marine mammals, either directly or as a
result of TTS. There is also some
potential for auditory injury (Level A
harassment) to result, primarily for
mysticetes, high frequency species, and
phocids because predicted auditory
injury zones are larger than for midfrequency species and otariids. Auditory
injury is unlikely to occur for midfrequency species and otariids. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are expected to minimize the
severity of the taking to the extent
practicable.
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take
by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of permanent
hearing impairment; (2) the area or
volume of water that will be ensonified
above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of
activities. We note that while these
basic factors can contribute to a basic
calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional
information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes
available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below, we
describe the factors considered here in
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of
acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound
above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level
B harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive
sources—Though significantly driven by
received level, the onset of behavioral
disturbance from anthropogenic noise
exposure is also informed to varying
degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
bathymetry), and the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience,
demography, behavioral context) and
can be difficult to predict (Southall et
al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on
what the available science indicates and
the practical need to use a threshold
based on a factor that is both predictable
and measurable for most activities,
NMFS uses a generalized acoustic
threshold based on received level to
estimate the onset of behavioral
harassment. NMFS predicts that marine
mammals are likely to be behaviorally
harassed in a manner we consider Level
B harassment when exposed to
underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (root
mean square; rms) for continuous (e.g.,
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and
above 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for nonexplosive impulsive (e.g., seismic
airguns) or intermittent (e.g., scientific
sonar) sources. This take estimation
includes disruption of behavioral
patterns resulting directly in response to
noise exposure (e.g., avoidance), as well
as that resulting indirectly from
associated impacts such as TTS or
masking. However, ambient noise levels
within Knik Arm are above the 120-dB
threshold, and therefore, for purposes of
this analysis, NMFS considers received
levels above those of the measured
ambient noise (122.2 dB) to constitute
Level B harassment of marine mammals
incidental to continuous noise,
including vibratory pile driving.
Results from recent acoustic
monitoring conducted at the port are
presented in Austin et al. (2016) and
Denes et al. (2016) wherein noise levels
were measured in absence of pile
driving from May 27 through May 30,
2016 at two locations: Ambient-Dock
and Ambient-Offshore. NMFS considers
the median sound levels to be most
appropriate when considering
background noise levels for purposes of
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31888
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
evaluating the potential impacts of the
POA’s SFD Project on marine mammals
(NMFS, 2012). By using the median
value, which is the 50th percentile of
the measurements, for ambient noise
level, one will be able to eliminate the
few transient loud identifiable events
that do not represent the true ambient
condition of the area. This is relevant
because during two of the four days (50
percent) when background
measurement data were being collected,
the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers was
dredging Terminal 3 (located just north
of the Ambient-Offshore hydrophone)
for 24 hours per day with two 1-hour
breaks for crew change. On the last two
days of data collection, no dredging was
occurring. Therefore, the median
provides a better representation of
background noise levels when the SFD
project would be occurring. With regard
to spatial considerations of the
measurements, the Ambient-Offshore
location is most applicable to this
discussion (NMFS, 2012). The median
ambient noise level collected over four
days at the end of May at the AmbientOffshore hydrophone was 122.2 dB. We
note the Ambient-Dock location was
quieter, with a median of 117 dB;
however, that hydrophone was placed
very close to the dock and not where we
would expect Level B harassment to
occur given mitigation measures (e.g.,
shut downs). We also recognize that
during Phase 1 PCT acoustic
monitoring, noise levels in Knik Arm
absent pile driving were collected (Reyff
et al., 2021); however, the Phase 1 PCT
IHA did not require ambient noise
measurements to be collected. These
measurements were not collected in
accordance to NMFS (2012) guidance
for measuring ambient noise and thus
cannot be used here for that purpose. If
additional data collected in the future
warrant revisiting this issue, NMFS may
adjust the 122.2 dB rms Level B
harassment threshold.
Level A harassment for non-explosive
sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
for Assessing the Effects of
Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (NMFS,
2018) identifies dual criteria to assess
auditory injury (Level A harassment) to
five different marine mammal groups
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result
of exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The POA’s proposed
activity includes the use of nonimpulsive (vibratory pile driving)
sources.
These thresholds are provided in
Table 4 below. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the
development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical
Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-acoustic-technicalguidance.
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) ..............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) ..............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1;
3;
5;
7;
9;
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2; LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4; LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6; LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8; LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10; LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into identifying the area
ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
The estimated sound source levels
(SSL) proposed by the POA and used in
this assessment for vibratory installation
of attenuated piles are based on sound
levels of 24-inch and 36-inch piles
measured during a sound source
verification (SSV) study conducted
during Phase 1 of the POA’s 2020 PCT
project (Reyff et al., 2021). For the 24inch template piles, SSLs measured for
24-inch PCT template piles by Reyff et
al. (2021) were selected for use as a
proxy for 24-inch SFD template piles
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
based on anticipated pile function
(Table 5). These piles were driven for
19.2 to 25.6 minutes, using an APE 200–
6 vibratory hammer and a confined
bubble curtain (Reyff et al., 2021). For
the 36-inch template piles, SSLs are
assumed to be similar to the SSLs
measured for 36-inch trestle piles
installed during PCT construction (note
no 36-inch template piles were
measured in Reyffe et al., 2021) (Table
5). These piles were installed with a
confined bubble curtain using an APE
300–6 vibratory hammer; driving times
ranged from 22.1 to 36.4 minutes. It is
assumed that SLLs during pile
installation and removal for both pile
sizes will be similar.
No unattenuated 24-inch or 36-inch
piles were installed during either the
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
TPP (Austin et al., 2016) or PCT SSV
projects (Reyeff et al., 2021). Instead,
SSL measurements collected during
marine construction projects conducted
by the U.S. Navy for the Naval Base
Kitsap at Bangor EHW–2 Project (U.S.
Navy, 2015), which were installed at
similar depths and in a similar marine
environment, were used as proxies for
vibratory and impact installation of
unattenuated piles for the SFD project
(Table 5). It is assumed that SSLs during
vibratory pile installation and removal
will be similar.
SSLs measurements for attenuated 24inch and 36-inch piles driven with an
impact hammer also were not measured
during either the TPP (Austin et al.,
2016) or PCT SSV projects (Reyeff et al.,
2021). SSL measurements for impact
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31889
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
installation made by Ryeff et al. (2021)
were on piles using a confined bubble
curtain system with 48-inch piles;
whereas, an unconfined system is
proposed with smaller piles for the SFD.
In a confined bubble curtain system, the
bubbles are confined to the area around
the pile with a flexible material or rigid
pipe; however, in an unconfined bubble
curtain system, there is no such system
for restraining the bubbles (NAVFAC
SW, 2020). Unconfined bubble curtain
performance is highly variable and
effectiveness depends on the system
design and on-site conditions such as
water depth, water current velocity,
substrate and underlying geology. The
unconfined systems typically consist of
vertically stacked bubble rings, while
the confined systems are a single ring at
the bottom placed inside a casing that
encompasses the pile. The U.S. Navy
(2015) summarized several studies
which demonstrated that unconfined
bubble curtains performance can be
effective in attenuating underwater
noise from impact pile installation.
They found bubble curtain performance
to be highly variable, but based on
information from the Bangor Naval Base
Test Pile Program, found an average
peak SPL reduction of 8 dB to 10 dB at
10 m would be an achievable level of
attenuation for steel pipe piles of 36and 48-inches in diameter. The
efficiency of bubble curtains with 24inch piles was not examined by the U.S.
Navy (2015). Based on these analyses,
and the effect that local currents may
have on the distribution of bubbles and
thus effectiveness of an unconfined
bubble curtain, NMFS conservatively
applies a 7 dB reduction to the U.S.
Navy (2015) unattenuated SSLs (Table
5) for attenuated 24-inch and 36-inch
piles during impact pile driving (Table
5). These SSLs are consistent with SSLs
previously proposed and authorized by
NMFS for POA impact pile driving of
24-inch and 36-inch piles (e.g., PCT
Final IHA [85 FR 19294]). Rationale for
using a 7 dB reduction has further been
provided on June 19, 2019, in 84 FR
28474 and on November 25, 2019, in 84
FR 64833. This reduction is more
conservative than the confined bubble
curtain efficacy reported by Reyff et al.
(2021), which ranged from 9 to 11 dB for
peak, rms, and SEL single strike
measurements.
The TL coefficients reported in the
PCT SSV are highly variable and are
generally lower than values previously
reported and used in the region. For
example, Reyff et al. (2021) reported
unweighted transmission loss
coefficients ranging from 8.9 to 16.3 dB
SEL and 7.0 to 16.7 dB rms for impact
driving 48-inch attenuated piles. In the
PCT Final IHA (85 FR 19294), the POA
proposed, and NMFS applied, a TL rate
of 16.85 dB SEL for assessing potential
for Level A harassment from impact pile
driving and a TL rate of 18.35 dB rms
when assessing potential for Level B
harassment from impact pile driving for
based on Austin et al. (2016)
measurements recorded during the TPP
on 48-in piles. Higher TL rates in Knik
Arm are supported by additional
studies, such as by Sˇirovic´ and Kendall
(2009), who reported a TL of 16.4 dB
during impact hammer driving during
passive acoustic monitoring of the POA
Marine Terminal Redevelopment
Project, and by Blackwell (2005) who
reported TLs ranging from 16—18 dB
SEL and 21.8 dB rms for impact and
vibratory installation of 36-inch piles,
respectively, during modifications made
to the Port MacKenzie dock. After
careful inspection of the data presented
in the Reyff et al., study (including
relevant spectrograms), NMFS is
concerned that flow noise in the far
field measurements is negatively biasing
the regressions derived to infer TL rates.
While Reyff et al. (2021) discuss
attempts they made to remove flow
noise from their calculations, NMFS
could not conclude that these attempts
adequately removed flow noise from
their measurements. Relevant to the
SFD, the TL calculations of individual
vibratory installation of 24-inch
template piles and 36-inch trestle piles
reported by Reyff et al. (2021) were also
highly variable ranging from 12.5 to 16.6
dB rms and 14.4 to 17.2 dB rms,
respectively. Given this variability and
previous data suggesting higher TL
rates, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that applying a practical
spreading loss model (15logR) to
ensonified area calculations is most
likely the representative scenario in
Knik Arm (Table 5). The 15 TL
coefficient also falls within the range of
TL coefficients reported in Reyff et al.
(2021). We note the POA will conduct
additional acoustic monitoring during
Phase II of the PCT in 2021 (prior to
when the SFD project will commence)
and, if warranted, these assumptions
may be adjusted and resulting
harassment isopleths modified.
TABLE 5—ESTIMATED SOUND SOURCE LEVELS AND TRANSMISSION LOSS COEFFICIENTS WITH AND WITHOUT A BUBBLE
CURTAIN
Method and pile size
Unattenuated
Vibratory
Sound level at 10 m
(dB rms)
TL coefficient
(dB rms)
Sound level at 10 m
(dB rms)
TL coefficient
(dB rms)
36-inch .......................................................
24-inch .......................................................
a 166.0
c 15.0
b 161.4
c 15.0
a 161.0
c 15.0
b 158.5
c 15.0
Impact
Unattenuated
Sound level at 10 m
dB rms
36-inch .......................................................
24-inch .......................................................
a U.S.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Bubble curtain
dB SEL
Bubble curtain
TL coefficient
dB Peak
dB rms
dB SEL
Sound level at 10 m
dB rms
dB SEL
TL coefficient
dB peak
dB rms
dB SEL
a 194.0
a 184.0
a 211.0
c 15.0
c 15.0
a 187.0
a 177.0
a 204.0
c 15.0
c 15.0
a 193.0
a 181.0
a 210.0
c 15.0
c 15.0
a 186.0
a 174.0
a 203.0
c 15.0
c 15.0
Navy 2015.
et al., 2021.
spreading loss model.
b Reyff
c Practical
When the NMFS Technical Guidance
(2016) was published, in recognition of
the fact that ensonified area/volume
could be more technically challenging
to predict because of the duration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
component in the new thresholds, we
developed a User Spreadsheet that
includes tools to help predict a simple
isopleth that can be used in conjunction
with marine mammal density or
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
occurrence to help predict takes. We
note that because of some of the
assumptions included in the methods
used for these tools, we anticipate that
isopleths produced are typically going
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31890
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
continues to develop ways to
quantitatively refine these tools, and
will qualitatively address the output
where appropriate. For stationary
sources (such as pile driving), NMFS
User Spreadsheet predicts the distance
at which, if a marine mammal remained
to be overestimates of some degree,
which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment
take. However, these tools offer the best
way to predict appropriate isopleths
when more sophisticated 3D modeling
methods are not available, and NMFS
at that distance the whole duration of
the activity, it would incur PTS. Inputs
used in the User Spreadsheet, and the
resulting isopleths are reported below in
Table 6.
TABLE 6—NMFS USER SPREADSHEET INPUTS
24-Inch
(unattenuated)
24-Inch
(bubble curtain)
36-Inch
(unattenuated)
36-Inch
(bubble curtain)
User Spreadsheet Input: Vibratory Pile Driving
Spreadsheet Tab Used ............
Source Level (SPL RMS) ........
Transmission Loss Coefficient
Weighting Factor Adjustment
(kHz).
Time to install/remove single
pile (minutes).
Piles to install/remove per day
A.1) Non-Impul, Stat, Cont ......
161 ...........................................
15 .............................................
2.5 ............................................
A.1) Non-Impul, Stat, Cont ......
158.5 ........................................
15 .............................................
2.5 ............................................
A.1) Non-Impul, Stat, Cont ......
166 ...........................................
15 .............................................
2.5 ............................................
A.1) Non-Impul, Stat, Cont.
161.4.
15.
2.5.
45/75 ........................................
45/75 ........................................
45/75 ........................................
45/75.
1/1 ............................................
1–2/1–3 ....................................
1/1 ............................................
1–3/1–3.
User Spreadsheet Input: Impact Pile Driving
Spreadsheet Tab Used ............
Source Level (Single Strike/
shot SEL).
Transmission Loss Coefficient
Weighting Factor Adjustment
(kHz).
Number of strikes pile ..............
Piles per day ............................
E.1) Impact pile driving ............
181 ...........................................
E.1) Impact pile driving ............
174 ...........................................
E.1) Impact pile driving ............
184 ...........................................
E.1) Impact pile driving.
177.
15 .............................................
2 ...............................................
15 .............................................
2 ...............................................
15 .............................................
2 ...............................................
15.
2.
1000 .........................................
1 ...............................................
1000 .........................................
1 ...............................................
1000 .........................................
1 ...............................................
1000.
1.
To calculate the Level B harassment
isopleths, NMFS considered SPLrms
source levels and the corresponding TL
coefficients (dB rms; Table 5) for impact
and vibratory pile driving, respectively.
The resulting Level A harassment and
Level B harassment isopleths are
presented in Table 7.
TABLE 7—DISTANCES TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT, BY HEARING GROUP, AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS PER
PILE TYPE AND INSTALLATION METHOD
Level A harassment
(m)
Pile size
Hammer type
(installation/removal)
Attenuation
Piles
per day
LF
24-inch ..........
Bubble Curtain .....................
Vibratory (Installation) ..........
Vibratory (Removal) .............
Unattenuated .......................
36-inch ..........
Bubble Curtain .....................
Impact (Installation) .............
Vibratory (Installation) ..........
Vibratory (Removal) .............
Impact (Installation) .............
Vibratory (Installation) ..........
Vibratory (Removal) .............
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Unattenuated .......................
Impact (Installation) .............
Vibratory (Installation) ..........
Vibratory (Removal) .............
Impact (Installation) .............
Marine Mammal Occurrence and Take
Estimation
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
For all species of cetaceans other than
CIBWs, density data is not available for
upper Cook Inlet. Therefore, the POA
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
1
1
MF
4
7
6
12
251
6
8
735
6
10
13
9
18
398
13
18
1,165
1
1
1
1
9
1
1
27
1
1
2
1
2
15
2
2
42
relied on marine mammal monitoring
data collected during past POA projects.
These data cover the POAs construction
season (April through November) across
multiple years. Calculations used to
estimate exposure from pile installation
for all marine mammals is described
below.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
HF
6
9
8
17
299
9
12
876
9
15
19
13
26
474
18
26
1,387
PW
3
4
4
7
135
4
5
394
4
6
8
6
11
213
8
11
624
OW
1
1
1
1
10
1
1
29
1
1
1
1
1
16
1
1
46
Level A
harassment
areas
(km2)
all hearing
groups
Level B
harassment
(m)
<0.01
2,631
<0.19
<0.01
542
3,861
<1.34
<0.01
1,585
4,106
<0.76
<0.01
631
8,318
<3.14
1,848
Humpback Whales
Sightings of humpback whales in the
project area are rare, and the potential
risk of exposure of a humpback whale
to sounds exceeding the Level B
harassment threshold is low. Few, if
any, humpback whales are expected to
approach the project area. However,
there were two sightings in 2017 of what
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
was likely a single individual at the
Ship Creek Boat Launch (ABR Inc.,
2017) which is located south of the
project area. Based on these data, the
POA conservatively estimates that up to
two individuals could be behaviorally
harassed during the 24 days of pile
driving for the SFD. This could include
sighting a cow-calf pair on multiple
days or multiple sightings of single
humpback whales. No Level A
harassment take of humpback whales is
anticipated or proposed to be
authorized.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Killer Whales
Few, if any, killer whales are expected
to approach the project area. No killer
whales were sighted during previous
monitoring programs for the Knik Arm
Crossing and POA construction projects,
including the 2016 TPP or during Phase
1 of the PCT project in 20202. The
infrequent sightings of killer whales that
are reported in upper Cook Inlet tend to
occur when their primary prey
(anadromous fish for resident killer
whales and CIBWs for transient killer
whales) are also in the area (Shelden et
al., 2003). Previous sightings of
transient killer whales have
documented pod sizes in upper Cook
Inlet between one and six individuals
(Shelden et al., 2003). The potential for
exposure of killer whales within the
Level B harassment isopleths is
anticipated to be extremely low. Level B
harassment take is conservatively
estimated at no more than one small
pod (6 individuals). No Level A
harassment take for killer whales is
anticipated or proposed to be authorized
due to the small Level A harassment
zones (Table 7) and implementation of
a 100 m shutdown which is larger than
Level A harassment isopleths, and
described below in the Proposed
Mitigation section.
Harbor Porpoise
Previous monitoring data at the POA
were used to evaluate daily sighting
rates for harbor porpoises in the project
area. During most years of monitoring,
no harbor porpoises were observed;
however, during Phase 1 of the PCT
project (2020), 18 individuals (15
groups) were observed near the POA,
with group sizes ranging from 1–2
individuals. The highest daily sighting
rate for any recorded year during pile
installation and removal associated with
the PCT was an average of 0.09 harbor
porpoise per day during 2009
construction monitoring, but this value
may not account for increased sightings
in Upper Cook Inlet or range extensions
(Shelden et al., 2014). Therefore, the
POA estimates that one harbor porpoise
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
could be observed every 2 days of pile
driving. Based on this assumption, the
POA has requested, and NMFS is
proposing to authorize, twelve Level B
harassment exposures during the 24
days of pile driving.
Harbor porpoises are relatively small
cetaceans that move at high velocities,
which can make their detection and
identification at great distances difficult.
Despite this, PSOs during Phase 1 PCT
construction monitoring (2020) were
able to detect harbor porpoises as far as
6,486 m from the PCT, indicating that
the monitoring methods detailed in the
Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT
construction (85 FR 19294), (and
described below in the Proposed
Mitigation section for the SFD) allowed
for harbor porpoises to be detected at
great distances. Therefore, no Level A
harassment take for harbor porpoises is
anticipated or proposed to be authorized
for the SFD. The POA anticipates that
the majority of piles will be driven
using vibratory methods. Using the
NMFS User Spreadsheet, vibratory
driving 24-inch and 36-inch piles
results in Level A harassment isopleths
that are smaller than the proposed 100
m shutdown zone, described below in
the Proposed Mitigation section (≤26 m;
Table 7). The Level A harassment
isopleths calculated using the NMFS
User Spreadsheet for impact driving 24inch and 36-inch piles are larger than
this 100-m shutdown zone (≤1,387 m;
Table 7); however, Level A harassment
isopleths consider long durations and
harbor porpoise are likely moving
through the area, if present, not
lingering. Further few harbor porpoises
are expected to approach the project
area and are likely to be sighted prior to
entering the Level A harassment zone.
During Phase 1 PCT construction
monitoring (2020) only five harbor
porpoises were observed near the PCT
and within the largest Level A
harassment zone for SFD (1,387 m;
Table 7). Given that the POA anticipates
that only a small number of piles (up to
five), may be driven with an impact
hammer (requiring up to 20 minutes of
impact installation each at 1 pile per
day), the likelihood that harbor
porpoises will be in these larger zones
is minimized. Accounting for measures
described below in the Proposed
Mitigation section below and the low
likelihood that individual harbor
porpoises would appear undetected
within the Level A harassment zones,
we agree with the POA and do not
authorize any Level A harassment takes
of harbor porpoises during the
construction of the SFD.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31891
Steller Sea Lion
Steller sea lions are anticipated to be
encountered in low numbers, if at all,
within the project area. Three sightings
of what was likely a single individual
occurred in the project area in 2009, two
sightings occurred in 2016, one
occurred in 2019, and up to six
individuals were observed in 2020 (4 in
May and 2 in June). Based on
observations in 2016, the POA
anticipates an exposure rate of two
individuals every 19 days during SFD
pile installation and removal. Based on
this rate, the POA anticipates that there
could be up to four harassment
exposures of Steller sea lions during the
24 days of SFD pile installation and
removal.
Sea lions are known to travel at high
speeds, in rapidly changing directions,
and have the potential to be counted
multiple times. Because of this the POA
anticipates that, despite all precautions,
sea lions could enter the Level A
harassment zone before a shutdown
could be fully implemented. For
example, in 2016 during the POA Test
Pile Program, a Steller sea lion was first
sighted next to a work boat and within
the Level A harassment zone. Nine
PSOs had been monitoring for the
presence of marine mammals near the
construction activities at this time, but
they did not observe the approaching
sea lion. Sea lions are known to be
curious and willing to approach human
activity closely, and they can swim with
a low profile. The incident was recorded
as a Level A harassment take and raises
concern for the POA that a sighting of
a Steller sea lion within the Level A
harassment zones, while unlikely, could
occur. While Level A harassment takes
are unlikely given the low likelihood of
sea lions in the project area, the small
Level A harassment isopleths (<46 m;
Table 7), and the proposed mitigation
measures, including the implementation
of shutdown zones and the use of PSOs,
we propose to authorize the POA’s
request that a small number of Steller
sea lions could be exposed to Level A
harassment levels. Therefore, we
propose that two Steller sea lions could
be exposed to Level A harassment levels
and 2 Steller sea lions could be exposed
to Level B harassment levels.
Harbor Seals
No known harbor seal haulout or
pupping sites occur in the vicinity of
the POA; therefore, exposure of harbor
seals to in-air noise is not considered in
this application, and no take for in-air
exposure is requested. Harbor seals are
not known to reside in the project area,
but they are seen regularly near the
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31892
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
mouth of Ship Creek when salmon are
running, from July through September.
With the exception of newborn pups, all
ages and sexes of harbor seals could
occur in the project area during
construction of the SFD. Any
harassment of harbor seals during pile
installation would involve a limited
number of individuals that may
potentially swim through the project
area or linger near Ship Creek.
Marine mammal monitoring data were
used to examine hourly sighting rates
for harbor seals in the project area.
Sighting rates of harbor seals were
highly variable and appeared to have
increased during monitoring between
2005 and 2020 (See Table 4–1 in POA’s
application). It is unknown whether any
potential increase was due to local
population increases or habituation to
ongoing construction activities. The
highest monthly hourly sighting rate
(rounded) observed during previous
monitoring at the POA was used to
quantify take of harbor seals for pile
installation associated with the SFD.
This occurred in 2020 during Phase 1
PCT construction monitoring, when
harbor seals were observed from May
through September. A total of 340
harbor seals were observed over 1,237.7
hours of monitoring, at a rate of 0.3
harbor seals per hour. The maximum
monthly hourly sighting rate occurred
in September and was 0.51 harbor seals
per hour. Based on these data, the POA
estimates that approximately 1 harbor
seal may be observed near the project
per hour of hammer use. During the 21
hours of anticipated pile installation
and removal, the POA estimates that up
21 harbor seals will be exposed to in-
water noise levels exceeding harassment
thresholds for pile installation and
removal during SFD construction.
All efforts will be taken to shut down
prior to a harbor seal entering the 100m shutdown zone and prior to a harbor
seal entering the Level A harassment
zones. However, harbor seals often are
curious of onshore activities, and
previous monitoring suggests that this
species may mill at the mouth of Ship
Creek. It is important to note that the
mouth of Ship Creek is about 700 m
from the southern end of the SFD and
is outside the Level A harassment zones
for harbor seals during both
unattenuated and attenuated vibratory
and impact pile installation and
removal (Table 7). While exposure is
anticipated to be minimized because
pile installation and removal will occur
intermittently over the short
construction period, the POA is
requesting Level A harassment take for
a small number of harbor seals, given
the potential difficulty of detecting
harbor seals and their consistent use of
the area. Given that 30 harbor seals (8.6
percent) of all harbor seals and
unidentified pinnipeds were detected
within 624 m, the largest Level A
harassment zone for SFD, during PCT
Phase 1 construction monitoring (61
North Environmental, 2021), POA
requests and NMFS proposes to
authorize that two harbor seals (8.6
percent of 21 exposures rounded up)
could be exposed to Level A harassment
levels and 19 harbor seals could be
exposed to Level B harassment levels.
Beluga Whales
For CIBWs, we looked at several
sources of information on marine
mammal occurrence in upper Cook Inlet
to determine how best to estimate the
potential for exposure to pile driving
noise from the SFD Project. In their
application, the POA estimated Level B
harassment take following methods
outlined in the PCT final IHA (85 FR
19294), which relies on monitoring data
of CIBWs published in Kendall and
Cornick (2015). For the SFD application,
POA also considered monitoring data of
CIBWs collected during Phase 1 of the
PCT project (61 North Environmental,
2021). These data sets (Kendall and
Cornick, 2015, and 61 North
Environmental, 2021) cover all months
the POA may be conducting pile driving
for the SFD and they are based on all
animals observed during scientific
monitoring within the proximity of the
SFD regardless of distance. Hourly
sighting rates for CIBWs for each
calendar month were calculated using
documented hours of observation and
CIBW sightings from April through
November for 2005, 2006, 2008 and
2009 (Kendall and Cornick, 2015) and
2020 (61 North Environmental, 2021)
(Table 8). The highest calculated
monthly hourly sighting rate of 0.94
whales per hour was used to calculate
potential CIBW exposures (21 hours of
pile installation and removal multiplied
by 0.94 whales/hour). Using this
method, the POA estimated that 20
CIBWs (rounded from 19.75) could be
exposed to the Level B harassment level
during pile installation and removal
associated with the construction of the
SFD. These calculations assume no
mitigation and that all animals observed
would enter a given Level B harassment
zone during pile driving.
TABLE 8—SUMMARY OF CIBWS SIGHTING DATA FROM APRIL–NOVEMBER 2005–2009 AND APRIL–NOVEMBER 2020
Month
Total hours
April ..................................................................................................................
May ..................................................................................................................
June .................................................................................................................
July ...................................................................................................................
August ..............................................................................................................
September .......................................................................................................
October ............................................................................................................
November ........................................................................................................
Total groups
52.50
457.40
597.77
552.67
577.30
533.03
450.70
346.63
13
53
37
14
120
124
9
52
Total whales
35
208
122
27
543
445
22
272
Whales/hour
0.67
0.45
0.20
0.05
0.94
0.83
0.05
0.78
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Data compiled from Kendall and Cornick (2015) and (61 North Environmental, 2021).
To more accurately estimate potential
exposures than simply using the
monthly sighting rate data, which does
not account for any mitigation, POA
followed methods described by NMFS
for the PCT Final IHA (85 FR 19294),
which looked at previous monitoring
results at the POA in relation to
authorized take numbers. Between 2008
and 2012, NMFS authorized 34 CIBW
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
takes per year to POA, with mitigation
measures similar to the measures
proposed here. The percent of the
authorized takes documented during
this time period ranged from 12 to 59
percent with an average of 36 percent
(Table 9). In 2020, NMFS authorized 55
CIBW takes in Phase 1 of the PCT
project, with mitigation and monitoring
measures that are consistent with those
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
proposed for the SFD and described
below in the Proposed Mitigation
section. The percent of the authorized
takes that were documented was 47
percent (26 out of 55 exposures; 61
North Environmental, 2021; Table 9).
Given that there was extensive
monitoring occurring across all IHAs
(with effort intensified in 2020), we
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31893
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
believe there is little potential that
animals were taken but not observed.
TABLE 9—AUTHORIZED AND REPORTED CIBW TAKES DURING POA ACTIVITIES FROM 2009–2012 AND 2020
Reported
takes
ITA effective dates
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
15 July 2008–14 July 2009 .........................................................................................................
15 July 2009–14 July 2010 .........................................................................................................
15 July 2010–14 July 2011 .........................................................................................................
15 July 2011–14 July 2012 .........................................................................................................
1 April 2020–31 March 2021 .......................................................................................................
As described in the POA’s application
and in more detail in the Proposed
Mitigation section, mitigation measures
have been designed to reduce Level B
harassment take as well avoid Level A
harassment take. We recognize that in
certain situations, pile driving may not
be able to be shut down prior to whales
entering the Level B harassment zone
due to safety concerns. During previous
monitoring, sometimes CIBWs were
initially sighted outside of the
harassment zone and shutdown was
called, but the CIBWs swam into the
harassment zone before activities could
be halted, and exposure within the
harassment zone occurred. For example,
on September 14, 2009, a construction
observer sighted a CIBW just outside the
harassment zone, moving quickly
towards the 1,300 m Level B harassment
zone during vibratory pile driving. The
animal entered the harassment zone
before construction activity could be
shut down (ICRC, 2010). On other
occasions, CIBWs were initially
observed when they surfaced within the
harassment zone. For example, on
November 4, 2009, 15 CIBWs were
initially sighted approximately 950 m
north of the project site near the shore,
and then they surfaced in the Level B
harassment zone during vibratory pile
driving (ICRC, 2010). Construction
activities were immediately shut down,
but the 15 CIBWs were nevertheless
exposed within the Level B harassment
zone. During Phase 1 of the PCT project
all of the recorded takes (n = 26) were
instances where the whales were first
sighted within the Level B harassment
zone, prompting shutdown procedures.
Most of these exposures (21 of 26)
occurred when the CIBWs first appeared
near the northern station, just south of
Cairn Point (61 North Environmental,
2021). For example, on November 21,
2020 one CIBW was sighted in front of
the north PSO station, located just south
of Cairn Point, traveling south during
vibratory removal of an attenuated 36inch pile and a shutdown was called
immediately (61 North Environmental,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
2021). In 2020, the northern station did
not have visibility of the near shoreline
north of Cairn Point. As a result, CIBWs
traveling south during ebb tides around
Cairn Point were often inside of the
Level B harassment zone upon first
sighting (61 North Environmental,
2021). As described below in the
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
section, mitigation and monitoring
approaches for the SFD project are
modeled after the stipulations outlined
in the Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase
2 PCT construction (85 FR 19294), but
one of the PSO stations will be moved
to enhance visibility to the north,
especially near Cairn point. Therefore,
we believe the ability to detect whales
and shut down prior to them entering
the Level B harassment zones will be
better or consistent with previous years.
To account for these mitigation
measures, the POA then applied the
highest percentage of previous takes (59
percent) to ensure potential impacts to
CIBWs are adequately evaluated. After
applying this adjustment to account for
potential exposures of CIBWs that
would be avoided by shutting down, the
POA estimated that 12 CIBWs (20
whales * 0.59 = 11.80 whales; 12
rounded up) may be exposed to Level B
harassment during pile installation and
removal. The POA and NMFS are
concerned, however, that this approach
does not accurately reflect the reality
that CIBWs can travel in large groups.
Large groups of CIBWs have been seen
swimming through the POA vicinity
during POA monitoring efforts. For
example, during Phase 1 of the PCT, the
mean group size was 4.34 whales;
however, 52 percent of observations
were of groups greater than the mean
group size, with 5 percent of those 119
groups being larger than 12 individuals,
the number of exposures proposed by
POA (61 North Environmental, 2021).
To ensure that a large group of CIBWs
would not result in the POA using the
majority or all of their take in one or two
sightings, POA buffered the exposure
estimate detailed in the preceding by
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Authorized
takes
12
20
13
4
26
34
34
34
34
55
Percent of
authorized
takes
35
59
38
12
47
adding the estimated size of a notional
large group of CIBWs. The 95th
percentile is commonly used in
statistics to evaluate risk. Therefore, to
determine the most appropriate size of
a large group, the POA calculated the 95
percentile group size of CIBWs observed
during Kendall and Cornick (2015) and
2020 Phase 1 PCT construction
monitoring (61 North Environmental,
2021); the same data used above to
derive hourly sighting rates (Table 8 and
Figure 3). In this case, the 95th
percentile provides a conservative value
that reduces the risk to the POA of
taking a large group of CIBWs and
exceeding authorized take levels. The
95th percentile of group size for the
Kendall and Cornick (2015) and the PCT
Phase 1 monitoring data (61 North
Environmental, 2021) is 12.0. This
means that, of the 422 documented
CIBW groups in these data sets, 95
percent consisted of fewer than 12.0
whales; 5 percent of the groups
consisted of more than 12.0.
Considering large group size, the POA
requests and we propose to authorize 24
takes (accounting for the 12 takes
calculated following the methods
outlined for the PCT project that
accounts for mitigation plus a group size
of 12) of CIBWs incidental to pile
driving for the SFD. Incorporation of
large groups into the CIBW exposure
estimate is intended to reduce risk to
the POA of the unintentional take of a
larger number of belugas than would be
authorized by using the proposed
methods alone and thus improve our
estimate of exposure. No Level A
harassment is expected or proposed
given the small Level A harassment
zones for CIBWs (Table 7) and the
additional mitigation measures
described in the Proposed Mitigation
section below specific to CIBWs,
including the measure that pile driving
activities must shut down when any
CIBW enters the relevant Level B
harassment zone.
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
31894
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
90
(/)
C:
0
I
Cl)
~
60 .
0
0
I
I
I
I
i
--
'
I
0
0
40
20
Group Size
Figure 3. CIBW sighting data from Kendall and Cornick (2015) and Phase 1 of the
PCT (61 North Environmental, 2021). The dashed vertical line represents the 95th
percentile of group size (i.e., 12 CIBWs)
In summary, the total amount of Level
A harassment and Level B harassment
proposed to be authorized for each
marine mammal stock is presented in
Table 10.
TABLE 10—PROPOSED AMOUNT OF TAKE, BY STOCK AND HARASSMENT TYPE
Proposed authorized take
Level A
Humpback whale ............................................
Beluga whale ..................................................
Killer whale ......................................................
Harbor porpoise ..............................................
Steller sea lion ................................................
Harbor seal .....................................................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to the activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock
for taking for certain subsistence uses
(latter not applicable for this action).
NMFS regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting the activity or other means
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Percent of
stock
Stock
Jkt 253001
Western N Pacific ..........................................
Cook Inlet .......................................................
Transient/Alaska Resident .............................
Gulf of Alaska .................................................
Western ..........................................................
Cook Inlet/Shelikof .........................................
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Level B
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
24
6
12
2
19
0.19
8.60
1.02/0.26
0.04
<0.01
0.07
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned);
and
(2) The practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost,
impact on operations, and, in the case
of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
The POA presented mitigation
measures in Section 11 of their
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
EN15JN21.015
Species
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
application that were modeled after the
stipulations outlined in the Final IHAs
for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT
construction (85 FR 19294), which were
successful in minimizing the total
number and duration of Level B
harassment exposures for endangered
CIBWs during Phase 1 PCT Construction
(61 North Environmental, 2021). These
measures both reduce noise into the
aquatic environment and reduce the
potential for CIBWs to be adversely
impacted from any unavoidable noise
exposure.
A key mitigation measure NMFS
considered for this project is reducing
noise levels propagating into the
environment. The POA will deploy an
unconfined bubble curtain system
during installation and removal of
plumb (vertical) 24- and 36-inch piles
with a vibratory or impact hammer. An
unconfined bubble curtain is composed
of an air compressor(s), supply lines to
deliver the air, distribution manifolds or
headers, perforated aeration pipe, and a
frame. The frame facilitates transport
and placement of the system, keeps the
aeration pipes stable, and provides
ballast to counteract the buoyancy of the
aeration pipes in operation. The air is
released through a series of vertically
distributed bubble rings that create a
cloud of bubbles that act to impede and
scatter sound, lowering the sound
velocity. A compressor provides a
continuous supply of compressed air,
which is distributed among the layered
bubble rings. Air is released from small
holes in the bubble rings to create a
curtain of air bubbles surrounding the
pile. The curtain of air bubbles floating
to the surface inhibits the transmission
of pile installation sounds into the
surrounding water column. The final
design of the bubble curtain will be
determined by the Construction
Contractor based on factors such as
water depth, current velocities, and pile
sizes. However, the proposed IHA
requires the bubble curtain be operated
in a manner consistent with the
following performance standards:
• The aeration pipe system will
consist of multiple layers of perforated
pipe rings, stacked vertically in
accordance with the following depths:
Two layers for water depths <5 m; four
layers for water depths 5 m to <10 m;
seven layers for water depths 10 m to
<15 m; ten layers for water depths 15 m
to <20 m; and thirteen layers for water
depths 20 m to <25 m;
• The pipes in all layers will be
arranged in a geometric pattern that will
allow for the pile being driven to be
completely enclosed by bubbles for the
full depth of the water column and with
a radial dimension such that the rings
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
are no more than 0.5 m from the outside
surface of the pile;
• The lowest layer of perforated
aeration pipe will be designed to ensure
contact with the substrate without
burial and will accommodate sloped
conditions;
• Air holes will be 1.6 millimeters
(1⁄16 inch) in diameter and will be
spaced approximately 20 millimeters
(3⁄4 inch) apart. Air holes with this size
and spacing will be placed in four
adjacent rows along the pipe to provide
uniform bubble flux;
• The system will provide a bubble
flux of 3 cubic meters (m3) per minute
per linear meter of pipe in each layer
(32.91 cubic feet (ft3) per minute per
linear foot of pipe in each layer). The
total volume of air per layer is the
product of the bubble flux and the
circumference of the ring using the
formula: Vt = 3.0 m3/min/m *
Circumference of the aeration ring in
meters or Vt = 32.91 ft3/min/ft *
Circumference of the aeration ring in
feet; and
• Meters must be provided as follows:
Æ Pressure meters must be installed at
all inlets to aeration pipelines and at
points of lowest pressure in each branch
of the aeration pipeline;
Æ Flow meters must be installed in
the main line at each compressor and at
each branch of the aeration pipelines at
each inlet. In applications where the
feed line from the compressor is
continuous from the compressor to the
aeration pipe inlet, the flow meter at the
compressor can be eliminated; and
Æ Flow meters must be installed
according to the manufacturer’s
recommendation based on either
laminar flow or non-laminar flow.
The bubble curtain will be used
during installation and removal of all
plumb piles when water depth is great
enough (approximately 3 m) to deploy
the bubble curtain. A bubble curtain
will not be used with the two battered
piles due to the angle of installation. It
is important to note that a small number
of piles could be installed or removed
when the pile location is de-watered (no
water present) or when the water is too
shallow (≤3 m) to deploy the bubble
curtain. The tides at the POA have a
mean range of about 8.0 m (26 ft)
(NOAA, 2015), and low water levels
will prevent proper deployment and
function of the bubble curtain system.
Piles that are driven at a location that is
de-watered will not use a bubble
curtain, and marine mammal
harassment zones will not be monitored.
When piles are installed or removed in
water without a bubble curtain because
the pile orientation is battered, or if
water is too shallow (≤3 m) to deploy
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31895
the bubble curtain, the unattenuated
Level A and Level B harassment zones
for that hammer type and pile size will
be implemented.
In addition to noise attenuation
devices, POA and NMFS considered
practicable work restrictions. Given the
extensive Level B harassment zone
generated from the installation of the
two unattenuated battered piles,
vibratory driving these large piles
during peak CIBW season poses an
amount of risk and uncertainty to the
degree that it should be minimized. This
August and September peak is
confirmed through acoustic monitoring
(Castellote et al., 2020) and Phase 1 PCT
construction monitoring (61 North
Environmental, 2021). Castellote et al.
(2020) for example indicate CIBWs
appeared concentrated in the upper
inlet year-round, but particularly
feeding in river mouths from AprilDecember, shifting their geographical
foraging preferences from the Susitna
River region towards Knik Arm in midAugust, and dispersing towards the mid
inlet throughout the winter. Further,
hourly sighting rates calculated from
monitoring data from Kendall and
Cornick (2015) and Phase 1 of the PCT
(61 North Environmental, 2021) were
highest in August and September (0.94
and 0.83, respectively; Table 8).
Therefore, vibratory driving
unattenuated battered piles (which
have, by far, the largest Level B
harassment zones) will not occur during
August or September. Further, to
minimize the potential for overlapping
sound fields from multiple stressors, the
POA will not simultaneously operate
two vibratory hammers for either pile
installation or removal. This measure is
designed to reduce simultaneous inwater noise exposure. Because impact
hammers will not likely be dropping at
the same time, and to expedite
construction of the project to minimize
pile driving during peak CIBW
abundance periods, NMFS is not
proposing to restrict the operation of
two impact hammers at the same time.
Given the small size of the project and
the plan to primarily drive hammers
with a vibratory hammer, the POA has
indicated that it is highly unlikely that
an impact hammer and vibratory
hammer or two impact hammers would
operate simultaneously during the SFD
project.
Additional mitigation measures
include the following, modeled after the
stipulations outlined in the Final IHAs
for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT
construction (85 FR 19294):
For in-water construction involving
heavy machinery activities other than
pile driving (e.g., use of barge-mounted
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31896
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
excavators), the POA will cease
operations and reduce vessel speed to
the minimum level required to maintain
steerage and safe working conditions if
a marine mammal approaches within 10
m of the equipment or vessel.
POA must use soft start techniques
when impact pile driving. Soft start
requires contractors to provide an initial
set of three strikes at reduced energy,
followed by a thirty-second waiting
period, then two subsequent reduced
energy strike sets. A soft start must be
implemented at the start of each day’s
impact pile driving and at any time
following cessation of impact pile
driving for a period of thirty minutes or
longer. Soft starts will not be used for
vibratory pile installation and removal.
PSOs shall begin observing for marine
mammals 30 minutes before ‘‘soft start’’
or in-water pile installation or removal
begins.
The POA will conduct briefings for
construction supervisors and crews, the
monitoring team, and POA staff prior to
the start of all pile installation and
removal, and when new personnel join
the work in order to explain
responsibilities, communication
procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational
procedures.
The POA will employ PSOs per the
Marine Mammal Monitoring Plan (see
Appendix A in the POA’s application).
Marine mammal monitoring will take
place from 30 minutes prior to initiation
of pile installation and removal through
30 minutes post-completion of pile
installation and removal. The Level B
harassment zone must be fully visible
for 30 minutes before the zone can be
considered clear. Pile driving will
commence when observers have
declared the shutdown zone clear of
marine mammals or the mitigation
measures developed specifically for
CIBWs (below) are satisfied. In the event
of a delay or shutdown of activity,
marine mammal behavior will be
monitored and documented until the
marine mammals leave the shutdown
zone of their own volition, at which
point pile installation or removal will
begin. Further, NMFS requires that if
pile driving has ceased for more than 30
minutes within a day and monitoring is
not occurring during this break, another
30-minute pre-pile driving observation
period is required before pile driving
may commence.
If a marine mammal is entering or is
observed within an established Level A
harassment zone or shutdown zone, pile
installation and removal will be halted
or delayed. Pile driving will not
commence or resume until either the
animal has voluntarily left and been
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
visually confirmed 100 m beyond the
shutdown zone and on a path away
from such zone, or 15 minutes (nonCIBWs) or 30 minutes (CIBWs) have
passed without subsequent detections.
If a species for which authorization
has not been granted, or a species for
which authorization has been granted
but the authorized takes are met, is
observed approaching or within the
Level B harassment zone, pile
installation and removal will shut down
immediately. Pile driving will not
resume until the animal has been
confirmed to have left the area or the 30
minute observation period has elapsed.
In addition to these measures which
greatly reduce the potential for
harassment of all marine mammals and
establish shutdown zones that
realistically reflect non-CIBW whale
detectability, the following additional
mitigation measures have been
proposed which would ensure valuable
protection and conservation of CIBWs:
Prior to the onset of pile driving,
should a CIBW be observed approaching
the mouth of Knik Arm, pile driving
will be delayed. An in-bound preclearance line extends from Point
Woronzof to approximately 2.5 kms
west of Point McKenzie. Pile driving
may commence once the whale(s)
moves at least 100 m past the Level B
harassment zone or pre-clearance zone
(whichever is larger) and on a path away
from the zone. A similar pre-pile driving
clearance zone will be established to the
north of the POA (from Cairn Point to
the opposite bank), allowing whales to
leave Knik Arm undisturbed. Similar to
the in-bound whale clearance zone, pile
driving may not commence until a
whale(s) moves at least 100 m past the
Level B harassment zone or preclearance zone (whichever is larger) and
on a path away from the zone. If nonCIBW whale species are observed
within or likely to enter the Level B
harassment zone prior to pile driving,
the POA may commence pile driving
but only if those animals are outside the
100 m shutdown zone and Level B
harassment takes have not been
exceeded.
If pile installation or removal has
commenced, and a CIBW(s) is observed
within or likely to enter the Level B
harassment zone, pile installation or
removal will shut down and not recommence until the whale has traveled
at least 100 m beyond the Level B
harassment zone and is on a path away
from such zone or until no CIBW has
been observed in the Level B
harassment zone for 30 minutes.
There may be situations where it is
not possible to monitor the entire Level
B harassment zone (e.g., during
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
vibratory hammering of two
unattenuated battered piles). In these
cases, the pre-clearance zone remains
applicable.
If during installation and removal of
piles, PSOs can no longer effectively
monitor the entirety of the CIBW Level
B harassment zone due to
environmental conditions (e.g., fog, rain,
wind), pile driving may continue only
until the current segment of pile is
driven; no additional sections of pile or
additional piles may be driven until
conditions improve such that the Level
B harassment zone can be effectively
monitored. If the Level B harassment
zone cannot be monitored for more than
15 minutes, the entire Level B
harassment zone will be cleared again
for 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
has preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means effecting the least practicable
impact on the affected species or stocks
and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density);
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas);
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors;
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat); and
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
The POA will implement a marine
mammal monitoring and mitigation
strategy intended to avoid and minimize
impacts to marine mammals (see
Appendix A in the POA’s application).
The marine mammal monitoring and
mitigation program that is planned for
SFD construction will be modeled after
the stipulations outlined in the Final
IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT
construction (85 FR 19294). The POA
will collect electronic data on marine
mammal sightings and any behavioral
responses to in-water pile installation or
removal for species observed during pile
installation and removal associated with
the SFD Project. Four PSO teams will
work concurrently to provide full
coverage for marine mammal
monitoring in rotating shifts during inwater pile installation and removal. All
PSOs will be trained in marine mammal
identification and behaviors. NMFS will
review submitted PSO CVs and indicate
approval as warranted.
All PSOs will also undergo projectspecific training, which will include
training in monitoring, data collection,
theodolite operation, and mitigation
procedures specific to the SFD Project.
This training will also include sitespecific health and safety procedures,
communication protocols, and
supplemental training in marine
mammal identification and data
collection specific to the SFD Project.
Training will include hands-on use of
required field equipment to ensure that
all equipment is working and PSOs
know how to use the equipment.
The POA proposes that eleven PSOs
will be distributed at four stations:
Anchorage Downtown Viewpoint near
Point Woronzof, the Anchorage Public
Boat Dock at Ship Creek, the SFD
Project site, and the north end of POA
property. These locations were chosen
to maximize CIBW detection outside of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
Knik Arm and the mouth of Knik Arm.
Specifically, PSOs at Port Woronzof will
have unencumbered views of the
entrance to Knik Arm and can provide
information on CIBW group dynamics
(e.g., group size, demographics, etc.) and
behavior of animals approaching Knik
Arm in the absence of and during pile
driving. During the time since the POA
submitted their final application,
observers for the 2020 PCT Phase 1
project have recommended, and NMFS
has included in the proposed IHA, that
the Ship Creek station be moved about
40 m to the end of the promontory to
enhance visibility to the north,
especially near Cairn point. The POA
also considered moving a station from
the POA property to Port MacKenzie for
an improved view of CIBWs moving
from north to south within Knik Arm.
However, Port MacKenzie is not an
available option due to logistical
reasons; therefore, the northern station
will remain located on POA property.
Each of the PSO stations will be
outfitted with a cargo container with an
observation platform constructed on
top. This additional elevation provides
better viewing conditions for seeing
distant marine mammals than from
ground level and provides the PSOs
with protection from weather. At least
two PSOs will be on watch at any given
time at each station; one PSO will be
observing, one PSO will be recording
data (and observing when there are no
data to record). The station at the SFD
site will have at least two PSOs. The
northern and southern observations
stations will have PSOs who will work
in three- to four-person teams. Teams of
three will include one PSO who will be
observing, one PSO who will be
recording data (and observing when
there are no data to record), and one
PSO who will be resting. When
available, a fourth PSO will assist with
scanning, increasing scan intensity and
the likelihood of detecting marine
mammals. PSOs will work on a 60
minute rotation cycle and may observe
for no more than 4 hours at time and no
more than 12 hours per day. In addition,
if POA is conducting non-PCT-related
in-water work that includes PSOs, the
PCT PSOs must be in real-time contact
with those PSOs, and both sets of PSOs
must share all information regarding
marine mammal sightings with each
other.
Trained PSOs will have no other
construction-related tasks or
responsibilities while conducting
monitoring for marine mammals.
Observations will be carried out using
combinations of equipment that include
7 by 50 binoculars, 20x/40x tripod
mounted binoculars, 25 by 150 ‘‘big
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31897
eye’’ tripod mounted binoculars (North
End, Ship Creek, and Woronzof), and
theodolites. PSOs will be responsible for
monitoring the 100 m shutdown zone,
the Level A harassment zones, the Level
B harassment zones, and the preclearance zones, as well as effectively
documenting Level A and Level B
harassment take. They will also (1)
report on the frequency at which marine
mammals are present in the project area,
(2) report on behavior and group
composition near the POA, (3) record all
construction activities, and (4) report on
observed reactions (changes in behavior
or movement) of marine mammals
during each sighting. Observers will
monitor for marine mammals during all
in-water pile installation and removal
associated with the SFD Project. Once
pile installation and removal are
completed for the day, marine mammal
observations will continue for 30
minutes. Observers will work in
collaboration with the POA to
immediately communicate the presence
of marine mammals prior to or during
pile installation or removal.
A draft report, including all electronic
data collected and summarized from all
monitoring locations, must be submitted
to NMFS’ MMPA program within 90
days of the completion of monitoring
efforts. The report must include: Dates
and times (begin and end) of all marine
mammal monitoring; a description of
daily construction activities, weather
parameters and water conditions during
each monitoring period; number of
marine mammals observed, by species,
distances and bearings of each marine
mammal observed to the pile being
driven or removed, age and sex class, if
possible; number of individuals of each
species (differentiated by month as
appropriate) detected within the Level
A harassment zones, the Level B
harassment zones, and the shutdown
zones, and estimates of number of
marine mammals taken, by species (a
correction factor may be applied);
description of mitigation implemented,
and description of attempts to
distinguish between the number of
individual animals taken and the
number of incidences of take. A final
marine mammal monitoring report will
be prepared and submitted to NMFS
within 30 days following receipt of
comments on the draft report from
NMFS.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31898
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’ implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of
our analyses applies to all the species
listed in Table 10 for which we
authorized take, other than CIBWs, as
the anticipated effects the POAs
activities on marine mammals are
expected to be relatively similar in
nature. For CIBWs, there are meaningful
differences in anticipated individual
responses to activities, impact of
expected take on CIBWs, or impacts on
habitat; therefore, we provide a
supplemental analysis for CIBWs,
independent of the other species for
which we authorize take.
NMFS has identified key factors
which may be employed to assess the
level of analysis necessary to conclude
whether potential impacts associated
with a specified activity should be
considered negligible. These include
(but are not limited to) the type and
magnitude of taking, the amount and
importance of the available habitat for
the species or stock that is affected, the
duration of the anticipated effect to the
species or stock, and the status of the
species or stock. The following factors
support negligible impact
determinations for the affected stocks of
humpback whales, killer whales, harbor
porpoise, harbor seals, and Steller sea
lions. The potential effects of the
proposed actions on these species are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
discussed above. Some of these factors
also apply to CIBWs; however, a more
detailed analysis for CIBWs is provided
below.
• No takes by mortality or serious
injury are anticipated or authorized;
• The number of total takes (by Level
A and Level B harassment) are less than
2 percent of the best available
abundance estimates for all stocks;
• Take would not occur in places
and/or times where take would be more
likely to accrue to impacts on
reproduction or survival, such as within
ESA-designated or proposed critical
habitat, biologically important areas
(BIA), or other habitats critical to
recruitment or survival (e.g., rookery);
• Take would occur over a short
timeframe (i.e., up to 21 total hours
spread over nine to 24 non-consecutive
days), and would be limited to the short
duration a marine mammal would likely
be present within a Level B harassment
zone during pile driving. This short
timeframe minimizes the probability of
multiple exposures on individuals, and
any repeated exposures that do occur
are not expected to occur on sequential
days, decreasing the likelihood of
physiological impacts caused by chronic
stress or sustained energetic impacts
that might affect survival or
reproductive success;
• Any impacts to marine mammal
habitat from pile driving (including to
prey sources as well as acoustic habitat,
e.g., from masking) are expected to be
temporary and minimal; and
• Take would only occur within
upper Cook Inlet—a limited, confined
area of any given stock’s home range.
For CIBWs, we further discuss our
negligible impact findings in the context
of potential impacts to this endangered
stock. As described in the Recovery Plan
for the CIBW (NMFS, 2016a), NMFS
determined the following physical or
biological features are essential to the
conservation of this species: (1)
Intertidal and subtidal waters of Cook
Inlet with depths less than 30 feet mean
lower low water (9.1 m) and within 5 mi
(8 km) of high and medium flow
anadromous fish streams; (2) Primary
prey species consisting of four species
of Pacific salmon (Chinook, sockeye,
chum, and coho), Pacific eulachon,
Pacific cod, walleye pollock, saffron
cod, and yellowfin sole, (3) Waters free
of toxins or other agents of a type and
amount harmful to CIBWs, (4)
Unrestricted passage within or between
the critical habitat areas, and (5) Waters
with in-water noise below levels
resulting in the abandonment of critical
habitat areas by CIBWs. The SFD would
not impact essential features 1–3 listed
above. All construction would be done
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
in a manner implementing best
management practices to preserve water
quality, and no work would occur
around creek mouths or river systems
leading to prey abundance reductions.
In addition, no physical structures
would restrict passage; however,
impacts to the acoustic habitat are of
concern. Previous marine mammal
monitoring data at the POA demonstrate
CIBWs indeed pass by the POA during
pile driving (e.g., 61 North
Environmental, 2021). As described
above, there was no significant
difference in CIBW sighting rate with
and in the absence of pile driving
(Kendall and Cornick, 2015). However,
CIBWs do swim faster and in tighter
formation in the presence of pile driving
(Kendall and Cornick, 2015).
Previously there has been concern
that exposure to pile driving at the POA
could result in CIBWs avoiding Knik
Arm and thereby not accessing the
productive foraging grounds north of
POA such as Eagle River flats based on
the proposed project and mitigation
measures—thus, impacting essential
feature number 5 above (85 FR 19294).
Although the data previously presented
demonstrate whales are not abandoning
the area (i.e., no significant difference in
sighting rate with and without pile
driving), results of a recent expert
elicitation (EE) at a 2016 workshop,
which predicted the impacts of noise on
CIBW survival and reproduction given
lost foraging opportunities, helped to
inform our assessment of impacts on
this stock. The 2016 EE workshop used
conceptual models of an interim
population consequences of disturbance
(PCoD) for marine mammals (NRC,
2005; New et al., 2014, Tollit et al.,
2016) to help in understanding how
noise-related stressors might affect vital
rates (survival, birth rate and growth) for
CIBW (King et al., 2015). NMFS (2015,
section IX.D—CI Beluga Hearing,
Vocalization, and Noise Supplement)
suggests that the main direct effects of
noise on CIBW are likely to be through
masking of vocalizations used for
communication and prey location and
habitat degradation. The 2016 workshop
on CIBWs was specifically designed to
provide regulators with a tool to help
understand whether chronic and acute
anthropogenic noise from various
sources and projects are likely to be
limiting recovery of the CIBW
population. The full report can be found
at https://www.smruconsulting.com/
publications/ with a summary of the
expert elicitation portion of the
workshop below.
For each of the noise effect
mechanisms chosen for expert
elicitation, the experts provided a set of
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
parameters and values that determined
the forms of a relationship between the
number of days of disturbance a female
CIBW experiences in a particular period
and the effect of that disturbance on her
energy reserves. Examples included the
number of days of disturbance during
the period April, May, and June that
would be predicted to reduce the energy
reserves of a pregnant CIBW to such a
level that she is certain to terminate the
pregnancy or abandon the calf soon after
birth, the number of days of disturbance
in the period April–September required
to reduce the energy reserves of a
lactating CIBW to a level where she is
certain to abandon her calf, and the
number of days of disturbance where a
female fails to gain sufficient energy by
the end of summer to maintain
themselves and their calves during the
subsequent winter. Overall, median
values ranged from 16 to 69 days of
disturbance depending on the question.
However, for this elicitation, a ‘‘day of
disturbance’’ was defined as any day on
which an animal loses the ability to
forage for at least one tidal cycle (i.e., it
forgoes 50–100 percent of its energy
intake on that day). The day of
disturbance considered in the context of
the report is notably more severe than
the Level B harassment expected to
result from these activities, which as
described is expected be comprised
predominantly of temporary
modifications in the behavior of
individual CIBWs (e.g., faster swim
speeds, more cohesive group structure,
avoidance, and increased foraging).
Also, NMFS anticipates and has
proposed to authorized 24 instances of
takes, with the instances representing
disturbance events within a day—this
means that either 24 different individual
beluga whales are disturbed on no more
than one day each, or some lesser
number of individuals may be disturbed
on more than one day, but with the
product of individuals and days not
exceeding 24. Given the overall
anticipated take, it is very unlikely that
any one beluga would be disturbed on
more than a few days. Further, the
mitigation measures NMFS has
prescribed for the SFD project are
designed to avoid the potential that any
animal would lose the ability to forage
for one or more tidal cycles. While Level
B harassment (behavioral disturbance) is
authorized, our mitigation measures
would limit the severity of the effects of
that Level B harassment to behavioral
changes such as increased swim speeds,
tighter group formations, and cessation
of vocalizations, not the loss of foraging
capabilities. Regardless, this elicitation
recognized that pregnant or lactating
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
females and calves are inherently more
at risk than other animals, such as
males. NMFS first considered proposing
the POA shutdown based on more
vulnerable life stages (e.g., calf
presence) but ultimately determined all
CIBWs warranted pile driving shutdown
to be protective of potential vulnerable
life stages, such as pregnancy, that
could not be determined from
observations, and to avoid more severe
behavioral reaction.
Monitoring data from the POA suggest
pile driving does not discourage CIBWs
from entering Knik Arm and travelling
to critical foraging grounds such as
those around Eagle Bay. As previously
described, sighting rates were not
different in the presence or absence of
pile driving (Kendall and Cornick,
2015). In addition, CIBWs continued to
use Knik Arm in 2020 during the
duration of the PCT Phase 1
construction project (61 North
Environmental, 2021). These findings
are not surprising as food is a strong
motivation for marine mammals. As
described in Forney et al. (2017),
animals typically favor particular areas
because of their importance for survival
(e.g., feeding or breeding), and leaving
may have significant costs to fitness
(reduced foraging success, increased
predation risk, increased exposure to
other anthropogenic threats).
Consequently, animals may be highly
motivated to maintain foraging behavior
in historical foraging areas despite
negative impacts (e.g., Rolland et al.,
2012). Previous monitoring data
indicates CIBWs are responding to pile
driving noise, but not through
abandonment of critical habitat,
including primary foraging areas north
of the port. Instead, they travel faster
past the POA, more quietly, and in
tighter groups (which may be linked to
the decreased communication patterns).
During PCT Phase 1 construction
monitoring, no definitive behavioral
reactions to the in-water activity or
avoidance behaviors were documented
in CIBW. Little variability was evident
in CIBW behaviors recorded by PSOs
from month to month, or between
sightings that coincided with in-water
pile installation or removal and those
that did not (61 North Environmental,
2021). Of the 245 CIBWs groups sighted
during PCT Phase 1 construction
monitoring, seven groups were observed
during or within minutes of in-water
impact pile installation and 37 groups
were observed during or within minutes
of vibratory pile installation or removal
(61 North Environmental, 2021). During
impact installation, three of these
groups of CIBWs showed no reaction,
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
31899
three showed a potential reaction, and
one group continued moving towards
impact pile installation. Of the 37
vibratory events monitored, nine groups
of CIBWs displayed a potential reaction,
16 displayed no reaction, and 12
continued a trajectory towards the PCT
(61N Environmental 2021). In general,
CIBWs were more likely to display no
reaction or to continue to move towards
the PCT during pile installation and
removal. In the situations during which
CIBWs showed a possible reaction
(three groups during impact driving and
nine groups during vibratory driving),
CIBWs were observed either moving
away immediately after the pile driving
activities started or observed increasing
their rate of travel. This traveling
behavior past the POA has also been
verified by acoustic monitoring.
Castellote et al. (2020) found low
echolocation detection rates in lower
Knik Arm indicating CIBWs moved
through that area relatively quickly
when entering or exiting the Arm. We
anticipate that disturbance to CIBWs
would manifest in the same manner
when they are exposed to noise during
the SFD project: Whales move quickly
and silently through the area in more
cohesive groups. We do not believe
exposure to elevated noise levels during
transit past the POA has adverse effects
on reproduction or survival as the
whales continue to access critical
foraging grounds north of the POA, and
tight associations help to mitigate the
potential for any contraction of
communication space for a group. We
also do not anticipate that CIBWs will
abandon entering or exiting Knik Arm,
as this is not evident based on previous
years of monitoring data (e.g., Kendall
and Cornick 2015; 61N Environmental
2021), and the pre-pile driving clearance
mitigation measure is designed to
further avoid any potential
abandonment. Finally, as described
previously, both telemetry (tagging) and
acoustic data suggest CIBWs likely stay
in upper Knik Arm for several days or
weeks before exiting Knik Arm.
Specifically, a CIBW instrumented with
a satellite link time/depth recorder
entered Knik Arm on August 18th and
remained in Eagle Bay until September
12th (Ferrero et al., 2000). Further, a
recent detailed re-analysis of the
satellite telemetry data confirms how
several tagged whales exhibited this
same movement pattern: Whales entered
Knik Arm and remained there for
several days before exiting through
lower Knik Arm (Shelden et al., 2018).
This longer-term use of upper Knik Arm
would avoid repetitive exposures from
pile driving noise.
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
31900
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
POA proposed and NMFS has
prescribed mitigation measures to
minimize exposure to CIBWs,
specifically, shutting down pile driving
if CIBWs are observed approaching the
mouth of Knik Arm, shutting down pile
driving should a CIBW approach or
enter the Level B harassment zone,
stationing PSOs at Point Woronzof and
Ship Creek, and not vibratory pile
driving unattenuated battered piles
during August or September (peak
CIBW season). These measures are
designed to ensure CIBWs will not
abandon critical habitat and exposure to
pile driving noise will not result in
adverse impacts on the reproduction or
survival of any individuals. The
location of PSOs at Point Woronzof
allows for detection of CIBWs and
behavioral observations prior to CIBWs
entering Knik Arm. Although NMFS
does not anticipate CIBWs would
abandon entering Knik Arm in the
presence of pile driving with the
required mitigation measures, these
PSOs will be integral to identifying if
CIBWs are potentially altering pathways
they would otherwise take in the
absence of pile driving. Finally, take by
mortality, serious injury, or Level A
harassment of CIBWs is not anticipated
or authorized.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
not expected to adversely affect the
CIBWs through effects on annual rates
of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality is anticipated or
authorized;
• Area of exposure would be limited
to travel corridors. Data demonstrates
Level B harassment manifests as
increased swim speeds past the POA
and tight group formations and not
through habitat abandonment;
• No critical foraging grounds (e.g.,
Eagle Bay, Eagle River, Susitna Delta)
would be impacted by pile driving; and
• While animals could be harassed
more than once, exposures are not likely
to exceed more than a few per year for
any given individual and are not
expected to occur on sequential days;
thereby, decreasing the likelihood of
physiological impacts caused by chronic
stress or masking.
We also considered our negligible
impact analysis with respect to NMFS’
technical report released in January
2020 regarding the abundance and
status of CIBWs (Sheldon and Wade,
2019). As described in the marine
mammal section, new analysis indicates
the CIBW stock is smaller and declining
faster than previously recognized. While
this is concerning, NMFS continues to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
believe the taking authorized (allowed
for in the cases where shutdowns
cannot occur in time to avoid Level B
harassment take) will not impact the
reproduction or survival of any
individuals, much less the stock, and
will thereby have a negligible impact.
The monitoring measures (four stations
each equipped with two PSOs
simultaneously on watch at each
station) are extensive, such that we find
it unlikely whales would go undetected.
The mitigation measures reduce noise
entering the water column (a benefit for
all marine mammals) through the use of
an unconfined bubble curtain. Further,
the exposure risk to CIBWs is greatly
minimized through the incorporation of
in-bound and out-bound whale pre-pile
driving clearance zones. Finally, should
pile driving be occurring at the same
time a whale is detected, pile driving
would shut down prior to its entering
the Level B harassment zone. All these
measures, as well as other required
measures such as soft-starts, greatly
reduce the risk of animals not accessing
important foraging areas north of the
POA, which could result in impacts to
individual fitness or annual rates of
recruitment or survival. For these
reasons, the new status of CIBWs does
not ultimately change our findings with
respect to the specified activities.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. When the
predicted number of individuals to be
taken is fewer than one third of the
species or stock abundance, the take is
considered to be of small numbers.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities. For all stocks, the amount of
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
taking is less than one-third of the best
available population abundance
estimate (in fact it is less than 9 percent
for all stocks considered here; Table 10).
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must
find that the specified activity will not
have an ‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’
on the subsistence uses of the affected
marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined
‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as an impact resulting from a
specified activity that is likely to reduce
the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by either causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas, directly displacing
subsistence users, or placing physical
barriers between the marine mammals
and the subsistence hunters. An
‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’ can also
results from a specified activity that
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other
measures to increase the availability of
marine mammals to allow subsistence
needs to be met.
No subsistence use of CIBWs occurs
and subsistence harvest of other marine
mammals in upper Cook Inlet is limited
to harbor seals. Steller sea lions are rare
in upper Cook Inlet; therefore,
subsistence use of this species is not
common. However, Steller sea lions are
taken for subsistence use in lower Cook
Inlet. In 2013 and 2014, the Alaska
Department of Fish and Game
conducted studies to document the
harvest and use of wild resources by
residents of four tribal communities in
Cook Inlet: Tyonek, Nanwalek, Port
Graham, and Seldovia (Jones and
Kostick, 2016). Tyonek is the
community in closest proximity to Knik
Arm while the other communities are
located lower in Cook Inlet. The only
marine mammal species taken by the
Tyonek community was harbor seals
(from the McArthur River Flats north to
the Beluga River (Jones et al., 2015)
south of Knik Arm) while communities
lower in the inlet relied on harbor seals,
Steller sea lions and sea otters (we note
the sea otter is under the jurisdiction of
the USFWS; therefore, it is not a part of
our analysis).
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Federal Register / Vol. 86, No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 / Notices
The potential impacts from
harassment on stocks that are harvested
in Cook Inlet would be limited to minor
behavioral changes (e.g., increased swim
speeds, changes in dive time, temporary
avoidance near the POA, etc.) within the
vicinity of the POA. Some PTS may
occur; however, the shift is likely to be
slight due to the implementation of
mitigation measures (e.g., shutdown
zones) and the shift would be limited to
lower pile driving frequencies which are
on the lower end of phocid and otariid
hearing ranges. In summary, any
impacts to harbor seals would be
limited to those seals within Knik Arm
(outside of any hunting area) and the
very few takes of Steller sea lions in
Knik Arm would be far removed in time
and space from any hunting in lower
Cook Inlet.
Based on the description of the
specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence purposes, and the
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from the POA’s
proposed activities.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES2
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species, in
this case with the Alaska Region
Protected Resources Division Office.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of CIBWs, humpback whales from the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:40 Jun 14, 2021
Jkt 253001
Mexico DPS stock or Western North
Pacific Stock, and Steller sea lions from
the western DPS, which are listed under
the ESA. The Permit and Conservation
Division has requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation with the Alaska
Region Protected Resources Division
Office for the issuance of this IHA.
NMFS will conclude the ESA
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to the POA for conducting pile
driving associated with the relocation of
SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. A draft of the
proposed IHA can be found at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this notice of proposed
IHA for the proposed pile driving
associated with the relocation of the
SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska. We also
request at this time comment on the
potential Renewal of this proposed IHA
as described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
help inform decisions on the request for
this IHA or a subsequent Renewal IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-time, one-year Renewal IHA
following notice to the public providing
an additional 15 days for public
comments when (1) up to another year
of identical or nearly identical, or nearly
identical, activities as described in the
Description of Proposed Activities
section of this notice is planned or (2)
the activities as described in the
Description of Proposed Activities
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
31901
section of this notice would not be
completed by the time the IHA expires
and a Renewal would allow for
completion of the activities beyond that
described in the Dates and Duration
section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to the needed
Renewal IHA effective date (recognizing
that the Renewal IHA expiration date
cannot extend beyond one year from
expiration of the initial IHA);
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the requested
Renewal IHA are identical to the
activities analyzed under the initial
IHA, are a subset of the activities, or
include changes so minor (e.g.,
reduction in pile size) that the changes
do not affect the previous analyses,
mitigation and monitoring
requirements, or take estimates (with
the exception of reducing the type or
amount of take); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for
Renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: June 10, 2021.
Catherine Marzin,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2021–12551 Filed 6–14–21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\15JNN2.SGM
15JNN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 86, Number 113 (Tuesday, June 15, 2021)]
[Notices]
[Pages 31870-31901]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2021-12551]
[[Page 31869]]
Vol. 86
Tuesday,
No. 113
June 15, 2021
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to the Relocation of the Port of Alaska's
South Floating Dock, Anchorage, Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 86 , No. 113 / Tuesday, June 15, 2021 /
Notices
[[Page 31870]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
[RTID 0648-XA660]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Relocation of the Port of
Alaska's South Floating Dock, Anchorage, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible Renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Port of Alaska (POA) for
authorization to take marine mammals incidental to pile driving
associated with the relocation of the POA's South Floating Dock (SFD)
in Knik Arm, Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an
incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine
mammals during the specified activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-time, one-year renewal that could be issued
under certain circumstances and if all requirements are met, as
described in Request for Public Comments at the end of this notice.
NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision
on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency
responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than July 15,
2021.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Written comments should be submitted
via email to [email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments, including all attachments, must
not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. All comments received are a part of
the public record and will generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Reny Tyson Moore, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these
documents, please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of the takings are set forth. The definitions
of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above are included in the
relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an IHA)
with respect to potential impacts on the human environment.
Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA) to
consider the environmental impacts associated with the issuance of the
proposed IHA. NMFS' EA will be made available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. We will review all comments submitted in
response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making
a final decision on the IHA request.
Summary of Request
On October 2, 2020, NMFS received a request from the POA for an IHA
to take marine mammals incidental to pile driving associated with the
relocation of the SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska. Revised applications were
submitted by POA on December 15, 2020, January 29, 2021, February 5,
2021, and March 5, 2021 that addressed comments provided by NMFS. The
application was deemed adequate and complete on March 17, 2021.
Additional revised applications were submitted on March 26, 2021 and
May 14, 2021. The POA's request is for take of a small number of six
species of marine mammals by Level B harassment and Level A harassment.
Neither the POA nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result
from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
NMFS previously issued IHAs to the POA for pile driving (73 FR
41318, July 18, 2008; 74 FR 35136, July 20, 2009; 81 FR 15048, March
21, 2016; and 85 FR 19294, April 06, 2020). The POA has complied with
the requirements (e.g., mitigation, monitoring, and reporting) of all
previous IHAs and information regarding their monitoring results may be
found in the Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and
their Habitat and Estimated Take sections.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
The POA is modernizing its marine terminals through the Port of
Alaska Modernization Program (PAMP). One of the first priorities of the
PAMP is to replace the existing Petroleum Oil Lubricants Terminal with
a new Petroleum Cement Terminal (PCT). Phase 1 of the PCT project is
complete, but for Phase 2 of the project to advance, the existing SFD,
a small multipurpose floating dock constructed in 2004, must be
relocated south of the PCT near the southern portion of the South
Backlands Stabilization project. The existing location of SFD will not
allow docking
[[Page 31871]]
operations at SFD once the PCT is constructed due to the close
proximity of one of the PCT mooring dolphins (a structure for berthing
and mooring of vessels). Therefore, it must be relocated.
Relocation of the SFD will include the removal of the existing
structure, including the access trestle and gangway, and installation
of twelve permanent 36-inch steel pipe piles: Ten vertical and two
battered. Construction of the SFD will also require the installation
and vibratory removal of up to six 24- or 36-inch template piles. All
pile installation will take place from a floating work barge and crane
with a vibratory hammer to the greatest extent possible. An impact
hammer may be used if a pile encounters refusal and cannot be advanced
to the necessary tip elevation with the vibratory hammer. An unconfined
bubble curtain system will be used to reduce in-water noise levels for
the installation of the sixteen vertical piles and removal of the six
temporary piles but will not be used during installation of the two
battered piles due to the angle of these piles.
Dates and Duration
The POA has requested that the IHA be valid for one year upon
issuance. In-water pile installation and removal associated with SFD
removal and construction is anticipated to take place on up to 24
nonconsecutive days between the date of issuance and November 2021.
Installation of permanent and temporary piles is anticipated to take 45
minutes per pile with 1-3 piles being installed per day over 7-18 days.
Removal of six temporary piles is anticipated to take 75 minutes per
pile with 1-3 piles being removed per day over 2-6 days. All pile-
driving will occur during daylight hours.
Specific Geographic Region
Cook Inlet is a large tidal estuary that exchanges waters at its
mouth with the Gulf of Alaska. The inlet is roughly 20,000 square
kilometers (km\2\; 7,700 square miles (mi\2\)) in area, with
approximately 1,350 linear km (840 mi) of coastline (Rugh et al., 2000)
and an average depth of approximately 100 meters (m) (330 feet (ft)).
Cook Inlet is generally divided into upper and lower regions by the
East and West Forelands. Freshwater input to Cook Inlet comes from
snowmelt and rivers, many of which are glacially fed and carry high
sediment loads. Currents throughout Cook Inlet are strong and tidally
periodic, with average velocities ranging from three to six knots
(Sharma and Burrell, 1970). Extensive tidal mudflats occur throughout
Cook Inlet, especially in the upper reaches, and are exposed at low
tides.
Cook Inlet is a seismically active region susceptible to
earthquakes and has some of the highest tides in North America (NOAA,
2015) that drive surface circulation. Tides in Cook Inlet are
semidiurnal, with two unequal high and low tides per tidal day (tidal
day = 24 hours, 50 minutes). Due to Knik Arm's predominantly shallow
depths and narrow widths, tides near Anchorage are greater than those
in the main body of Cook Inlet. The tides at the POA have a mean range
of about 8.0 m (26 ft), and the maximum water level has been measured
at more than 12.5 m (41 ft) at the Anchorage station (NOAA, 2015).
Maximum current speeds in Knik Arm, observed during spring ebb tide,
exceed 7 knots (12 feet/second). These tides result in strong currents
in alternating directions through Knik Arm and a well-mixed water
column. Cook Inlet contains substantial quantities of mineral
resources, including coal, oil, and natural gas. During winter, sea,
beach, and river ice are dominant physical forces within Cook Inlet. In
upper Cook Inlet, sea ice generally forms in October to November and
continues to develop through February or March (Moore et al., 2000).
Northern Cook Inlet bifurcates into Knik Arm to the north and
Turnagain Arm to the east. The POA is located in the southeastern
shoreline of Knik Arm in Anchorage, Alaska (Latitude 61[deg]15' N,
Longitude 149[deg]52' W; Seward Meridian) (Figure 1). Knik Arm is
generally considered to begin at Point Woronzof, 7.4 km (4.6 mi)
southwest of the POA. From Point Woronzof, Knik Arm extends about 48 km
(30 mi) in a north-northeasterly direction to the mouths of the
Matanuska and Knik rivers. At Cairn Point, just northeast of the POA,
Knik Arm narrows to about 2.4 km (1.5 mi) before widening to as much as
8 km (5 mi) at the tidal flats northwest of Eagle Bay at the mouth of
Eagle River, which are heavily utilized by Cook Inlet Beluga Whales
(CIBWs). Approximately 60 percent of Knik Arm is exposed at mean lower
low water (MLLW). The intertidal (tidally influenced) areas of Knik
Arm, including those at the POA, are mudflats, both vegetated and
unvegetated, which consist primarily of fine, silt-sized glacial flour.
The POA's boundaries currently occupy an area of approximately 129
acres. Other commercial and industrial activities related to secure
maritime operations are located near the POA on Alaska Railroad
Corporation (ARRC) property immediately south of the POA, on
approximately 111 acres. The PCT footprint spans approximately 0.87
acre and is approximately 0.74 km (0.46 m) north of Ship Creek, a
location of concentrated marine mammal activity during seasonal runs of
several salmon species. Ship Creek flows into Knik Arm through the
Municipality of Anchorage industrial area. The perpendicular distance
to the west bank directly across Knik Arm from the POA is approximately
4.2 km (2.6 mi).
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 31872]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15JN21.013
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Located within the Municipality of Anchorage on Knik Arm in upper
Cook Inlet, the POA (Figure 1) provides critical infrastructure for the
citizens of Anchorage and a majority of the citizens of Alaska. The
POA's existing infrastructure and support facilities were constructed
largely in the 1960s. Port facilities are substantially past their
design life, have degraded to levels of
[[Page 31873]]
marginal safety, and are in many cases functionally obsolete,
especially in regard to seismic design criteria and condition. To
address these deficiencies, the POA is modernizing its marine terminals
through the PAMP. Plans for modernization include replacing
deteriorated pile-supported infrastructure with new pile-supported
infrastructure. One of the first priorities of the PAMP is to replace
the existing Petroleum Oil Lubricants Terminal with a new structure
that exceeds current seismic standards. For the new PCT Project to
advance, the existing SFD, a small multipurpose floating dock
constructed in 2004, must be relocated south of the PCT near the
southern portion of the South Backlands Stabilization project (Figure
1). The existing location of SFD will not allow docking operations at
SFD once the PCT is constructed due to close proximity of one of the
PCT mooring dolphins.
The purpose of the SFD is to provide staging, mooring, and docking
of small vessels, such as first responder (e.g., Anchorage Fire
Department, U.S. Coast Guard) rescue craft, small work skiffs, and
occasionally tug boats, in an area close to the daily operations at the
Port. Upper Cook Inlet near Anchorage exhibits the largest tide range
in the United States and one of the largest tide ranges in the world,
with an average daily difference between high and low tide of 26.2 feet
and an extreme difference of up to 41 feet (NOAA, 2015). The ability of
first responders to conduct response operations during low tide stages
requires access to the SFD, as the waterline is inaccessible for
vessels at the Anchorage public boat launch at Ship Creek during low
tide stages. The planned relocation of the SFD south of the new PCT
structure will provide continuous access to the water, and relocation
is needed to continue to provide timely, safe access for rescue
personnel and vessels in the northern portion of Cook Inlet.
Relocation of the SFD will include the removal of the existing
structure, including the float and gangway, and installation of twelve
permanent 36-inch steel piles: Four for the gangway and eight for the
floating dock (Table 1). Ten of the permanent piles will be plumb
(i.e., vertical) piles; but two of these piles, located at the south
corner of the floating dock, will be battered piles due to lateral ice
flow conditions. Two of the permanent 36-inch gangway piles at Bent B,
the bent closest to shore, may be installed when the area is de-
watered, but will likely be installed in water. Temporary template
piles may be required to assist with permanent pile placement and would
consist of up to six 24- or 36-inch steel pipe piles (Table 1): 4 For
the gangway and 2 for the float. To allow for flexibility in design,
temporary piles may be all of one size or a combination of 24- and 36-
inch steel pipe piles. The piles from the existing SFD piles will be
left in place and will not be removed.
All piles will be installed with a vibratory hammer to the greatest
extent possible, with each pile requiring approximately 45 minutes to
install (Table 1), based on an analysis of PCT Phase 1 data. An impact
hammer may be required if a pile encounters refusal and cannot be
advanced to the necessary tip elevation with the vibratory hammer.
Refusal criteria for a vibratory hammer is defined by the hammer
manufacturer and is described as the pile not advancing one foot within
30 seconds of vibratory hammer operation at full speed. Three piles
have deeper embedment depth than others and may reach refusal before
the specified minimum tip elevation. In such a situation, an impact
hammer would be needed to drive these piles to their required depth. A
small number of total piles, estimated up to five piles, may reach
refusal before the tip elevation is reached, requiring up to 20 minutes
of impact installation each at one pile per day. POA estimates that
each of these piles could require up to 1,000 strikes, which was the
mean number of strikes measured for 48-inch production piles during the
PCT Phase 1 construction sound source verification (SSV) study (Reyff
et al., 2021). It is likely that the number of strikes will be less due
to the smaller pile sizes associated with SFD. To be conservative,
1,000 strikes were used to calculate Level A harassment zone sizes. It
is assumed that if a pile does require impact installation, the
vibratory installation time would be reduced by a commensurate amount
(i.e., 15 minutes of impact installation would replace 15 minutes of
vibratory installation), and the overall duration of installation would
remain the same.
Temporary template piles (n = 6) will be removed with a vibratory
hammer (Table 1). Based on an analysis of PCT Phase 1 data, each
temporary pile will require approximately 75 minutes of vibratory
hammer removal. Knik Arm soils have demonstrated a strong set up and
resistance condition on temporary piles due to dense clay composition,
making removal lengthier and more difficult than installation. The
temporary piles for the SFD will be in place for only approximately
three weeks and will not be load-bearing, in contrast to the piles used
for the PCT temporary trestle that were in place for approximately five
months and subject to loads from the construction crane. The temporary
SFD piles will likely require less time for removal than PCT piles at
approximately two-thirds duration. Based on this, the estimated removal
time is approximately two-thirds of the duration required for vibratory
removal of 36-inch temporary trestle piles during PCT Phase 1
construction. All of the existing SFD float and gangway piles will
remain in place; a vibratory hammer will not be required for their
removal.
Table 1--Pile Details and Estimated Effort Required for Pile Installation and Removal
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Production rate (piles/day)
impact -----------------------------
Vibratory strikes per
Number of Number of installation Vibratory removal pile, if Days of Days of
Pipe pile diameter Feature plumb piles battered duration per pile duration per pile needed (up installation removal
piles (minutes) (minutes) to 5 piles; Installation Removal
one pile
per day)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36-inch......................... Floating Dock...... 6 2 45................. n/a................ 1,000 1-3 n/a 4-12 n/a
Gangway............ 4 0 n/a................ 1,000 1-3 n/a n/a
24- or 36-inch.................. Temporary Template 6 0 45................. 75................. 1,000 1-2 1-3 3-6 2-6
Piles.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project Totals 16 2 13.5 hours......... 7.5 hours.......... ........... .............. ........... 7-18 2-6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 31874]]
The POA will use an unconfined bubble curtain noise attenuation
system to mitigate noise propagation during vibratory installation and
potential impact installation of the ten permanent plumb piles and six
temporary plumb piles and vibratory removal of the six temporary piles
when water depth is deep enough to deploy a bubble curtain
(approximately 3 m). Pile installation or removal in the dry, which is
a completely de-watered state, is unlikely but, if it occurs, will be
conducted without a bubble curtain. A bubble curtain will not be used
with the two battered piles due to the angle of installation. Use of an
unconfined bubble curtain is proposed instead of a confined bubble
curtain in order to reduce the need for additional template piles that
would be required to stabilize a confined bubble curtain.
All pile installation will take place from a floating work barge
and crane. A marine-based operation is required because of the extreme
tidal range, which precludes use of a land-based crane in the absence
of a temporary support trestle. The floating work barge will require
sufficient water depth for support. Opportunities to install piles when
the project site is dewatered will be limited. Piles will be installed
in water and multiple piles will likely not be driven concurrently.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
There are six species of marine mammals that may be found in upper
Cook Inlet during the proposed pile driving activities. Sections 3 and
4 of the POA's application summarize available information regarding
status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional
information regarding population trends and threats may be found in
NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs; https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments), and
more general information about these species (e.g., physical and
behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS's website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species). Additional information on CIBWs
may be found in NMFS' 2016 Recovery Plan for the CIBW (Delphinapterus
leucas), available online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/resource/document/recovery-plan-cook-inlet-beluga-whale-delphinapterus-leucas.
Table 2 lists all species or stocks for which take is expected and
proposed to be authorized for this action and summarizes information
related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under
the MMPA and Endangered Species Act (ESA) and potential biological
removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on
Taxonomy (2019). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of
animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its
optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no
mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious
injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as
gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area.
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS' U.S. 2019 SARs (e.g., Muto et al., 2020a) and 2020 draft SARs
(Muto et al., 2020b). All values presented in Table 2 are the most
recent available at the time of publication and are available in the
2019 SARs (Muto et al., 2020a) and 2020 draft SARs (Muto et al., 2020b)
(available online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/draft-marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports).
Table 2--Marine Mammal Species Potentially Occurring in Upper Cook Inlet, Alaska
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESA/MMPA status; Stock abundance (CV,
Common name Scientific name Stock strategic (Y/N) Nmin, most recent PBR Annual M/
\1\ abundance survey) \2\ SI \3\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals):
Humpback whale.................. Megaptera novaeangliae. Western North Pacific.. E/D; Y 1,107 (0.3, 865, 2006) 3 2.8
Central North Pacific.. -/-; Y 10,103 (0.3, 7890, 83 26
2006).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae:
Beluga whale.................... Delphinapterus leucas.. Cook Inlet............. E/D; Y 279 (0.06, 267, 2018). 0.53 0
Killer whale.................... Orcinus orca........... Alaska Resident........ -/-; N 2,347 (N/A, 1102,347, 24 1
2012).
Alaska Transient....... -/-; N 587 (N/A, 587, 2012).. 5.87 0.8
Family Phocoenidae (porpoises):
Harbor porpoise................. Phocoena............... Gulf of Alaska......... -/-; Y 31,046 (0.214, N/A, Undet 72
1998).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Otariidae (eared seals and
sea lions):
Steller sea lion................ Eumetopias jubatus..... Western................ E/D; Y 53,932 (N/A, 52,932 318 255
2013).
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
[[Page 31875]]
Harbor seal..................... Phoca vitulina......... Cook Inlet/Shelikof.... -/-; N 28,411 (N/A, 26,907, 807 107
2018).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable because it has not been calculated.
\3\ These values, found in NMFS' SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial
fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated
with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
As indicated above, all six species (with six managed stocks) in
Table 2 temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the
degree that take is reasonably likely to occur, and we have proposed
authorizing it. Marine mammals occurring in Cook Inlet that are not
expected to be observed in the project area and for which take is not
proposed include gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke whales
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), and Dall's porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli).
Data from the Alaska Marine Mammal Stranding Network database (NMFS,
unpublished data) provide additional support for the determination that
these species rarely occur in upper Cook Inlet. Since 2011, only one
minke whale and one Dall's porpoise have been documented as stranded in
the portion of Cook Inlet north of Point Possession. Both were dead
upon discovery; it is unknown if they were alive upon their entry into
upper Cook Inlet or drifted into the area with the tides. No gray
whales were reported as stranded in upper Cook Inlet during this time
period; however, one juvenile gray whale was observed on May 24, 2020
during PCT Phase 1 construction monitoring (61 North Environmental,
2021). This whale was first observed mid-inlet off Port MacKenzie then
travelled along the southeastern shore of Knik Arm until it was last
sighted near Point Woronzof. On May 27, 2020, there were reports that a
juvenile gray whale, believed to be the same whale, was stranded in the
Twentymile River, at the eastern end of Turnagain Arm, approximately 50
mi southeast of Knik Arm. The animal remained in the river for a week,
before swimming out of the river. The whale later stranded and died
about 25 mi away at the mouth of the Theodore River on June 12, 2020.
No in water pile installation occurred on 23 to 25 May, and there is no
indication that work at the PCT had any effect on the animal. Based on
photos and video NMFS collected of the whale, veterinarians determined
the whale was in fair to poor condition (see https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/feature-story/alaska-gray-whale-ume-update-twentymile-river-whale-likely-one-twelve-dead-gray-whales for more
information). With very few exceptions, minke whales, gray whales, and
Dall's porpoises do not occur in upper Cook Inlet; and, therefore, take
of these species is not requested in this application.
In addition, sea otters (Enhydra lutris) may be found in Cook
Inlet. However, sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS) and are not considered further in this document.
Humpback Whale
Currently, three stocks of humpback whales are recognized in the
North Pacific, migrating between their respective summer/fall feeding
areas and winter/spring calving and mating areas (Baker et al., 1998;
Calambokidis et al., 1997): (1) The California/Oregon/Washington and
Mexico stock, (2) the Central North Pacific stock, and (3) the Western
North Pacific stock. Humpback whales from the Western North Pacific
breeding stock overlap broadly on summer feeding grounds with whales
from the Central North Pacific breeding stock, as well as with whales
that winter in the Revillagigedo Islands in Mexico (Muto et al., 2020a,
2020b). Despite this overlap, the whales seasonally found in Cook Inlet
are probably of the Central North Pacific stock (Muto et al., 2020a,
2020b). The Central North Pacific stock winters in Hawaii (Baker et
al., 1986) and summers from British Columbia to the Aleutian Islands
(Calambokidis et al., 1997), including Cook Inlet.
The humpback whale ESA listing final rule (81 FR 62259, September
8, 2016) delineated 14 Distinct Population Segments (DPSs) with
different listing statuses. The most comprehensive photo-identification
data available suggest that approximately 89 percent of all humpback
whales in the Gulf of Alaska are members of the Hawaii DPS, 11 percent
are from the Mexico DPS, and less than 1 percent are from the western
North Pacific DPS (Wade et al., 2016). The Hawaii DPS is not listed
under the ESA, the Mexico DPS is listed as threatened, and the Western
North Pacific DPS is listed as endangered under the ESA. Members of
different DPSs are known to intermix in feeding grounds; therefore, all
waters off the coast of Alaska should be considered to have ESA-listed
humpback whales. NMFS is in the process of reviewing humpback whale
stock structure under the MMPA in light of the 14 DPSs established
under the ESA.
Humpback whales are encountered regularly in lower Cook Inlet and
occasionally in mid-Cook Inlet; however, sightings are rare in upper
Cook Inlet (e.g., Witteveen et al., 2011). There have been few
sightings of humpback whales near the project area. Humpback whales
were not documented during POA construction or scientific monitoring
from 2005 to 2011 or during 2016 (Cornick and Pinney, 2011; Cornick and
Saxon-Kendall, 2008, 2009; Cornick and Seagars, 2016; Cornick et al.,
2010, 2011; ICRC, 2009, 2010a, 2011a, 2012; Markowitz and McGuire,
2007; Prevel-Ramos et al., 2006). Observers monitoring the Ship Creek
Small Boat Launch from August 23 to September 11, 2017, recorded two
sightings, each of a single humpback whale, which was presumed to be
the same individual. One other humpback whale sighting has been
recorded for the immediate vicinity of the project area. This event
involved a stranded whale that was sighted near a number of locations
in upper Cook Inlet before washing ashore at Kincaid Park in 2017; it
is unclear as to whether the humpback whale was alive or deceased upon
entering Cook Inlet waters. No humpbacks were observed from April-
November 2020 during Phase 1 PCT construction
[[Page 31876]]
monitoring (61 North Environmental, 2021).
The Central North Pacific stock is the focus of a large whale-
watching industry in its wintering grounds (Hawaii) and summering
grounds (Alaska). The growth of the whale-watching industry is an
ongoing concern as preferred habitats may be abandoned if disturbance
levels are too high (Muto et al., 2020a, 2020b). Other potential
impacts include elevated levels of sound from anthropogenic sources
(e.g., shipping, military sonars), harmful algal blooms (Geraci et al.,
1989), possible changes in prey distribution with climate change,
entanglement in fishing gear, ship strikes due to increased vessel
traffic (e.g., from increased shipping in higher latitudes and through
the Bering Sea with changes in sea-ice coverage), and oil and gas
activities. An intentional unauthorized take of a humpback whale by
Alaska Natives in Toksook Bay was documented in 2016 (Muto et al.,
2020a, 2020b); however, no subsistence use of humpback whales occurs in
Cook Inlet.
Humpback whale populations were considerably reduced as a result of
intensive commercial exploitation during the 20th century. Currently,
the overall trend for most humpback whale populations found in U. S.
waters is positive and points toward recovery (81 FR 62259; September
8, 2016); however, this may not be uniform for all breeding areas. A
sharp decline in observed reproduction and encounter rates of humpback
whales from the Central North Pacific stock between 2013 and 2018 has
been related to oceanographic anomalies and consequent impacts on prey
resources (Cartwright et al., 2019), suggesting that humpback whales
are vulnerable to major environmental changes.
Beluga Whale
The CIBW stock is a small, geographically isolated population
separated from other beluga whale populations by the Alaska Peninsula.
The population is genetically distinct from other Alaska populations,
suggesting the peninsula is an effective barrier to genetic exchange
(O'Corry-Crowe et al., 1997). The CIBW population is estimated to have
declined from 1,300 animals in the 1970s (Calkins, 1989) to about 340
animals in 2014 (Shelden et al., 2015), and to 279 animals in 2018
(Wade et al., 2019). The precipitous decline documented in the mid-
1990s was attributed to unsustainable subsistence practices by Alaska
Native hunters (harvest of >50 whales per year) (Mahoney and Shelden,
2000). Harvesting of CIBWs has not occurred since 2008 (NMFS, 2008).
Despite protection from hunting and other threats, this stock has
not rebounded and continues to decline (Wade et al., 2019, Muto et al.,
2020b). The population was declining at the end of the period of
unregulated harvest, with the relatively steep decline ending in 1999,
coincident with harvest removals dropping from an estimated 42 in 1998
to just 0 to 2 whales per year in 2000 to 2006 (and with no removals
after 2006). From 1999 to 2016, the rate of decline of the population
was estimated to be 0.4 percent (SE = 0.6 percent) per year, with a 73
percent probability of a population decline. This rate increased from
2006 to 2016 to 0.5 percent per year, (with a 70 percent probability of
a population decline) (Shelden et al., 2017). The latest estimates
suggest that this rate has further increased to 2.3 percent decline per
year from 2008 to 2018, with a 99.7 percent probability of population
decline in the future (Wade et al., 2019, Muto et al., 2020b). No
human-caused mortality or serious injury of CIBWs has been recently
documented.
The current best abundance estimate of the CIBW population from the
aerial survey data is 279 (95 percent probability interval 250 to 317).
This is based on the estimate of smoothed abundance for 2018, as
described in Sheldon and Wade (2019). A comparison of the population
estimates over time is presented in Figure 2. While Sheldon and Wade
(2019) provides explanations for the differences between model results,
including inadequacies and biases, the authors do not postulate on the
reason for population decline in general (which was evident using both
models); however, recent literature suggests prey reductions may be a
critical contributing factor (Norman et al., 2019). This is not
unexpected as reduced prey availability has been directly linked to
increased mortality and reduced health and survival of other marine
mammals populations such as the Southern Resident killer whale (e.g.,
Ward et al., 2009, Wasser et al., 2017) and California sea lion (e.g.,
McClatchie et al., 2016). The CIBW stock was designated as depleted
under the MMPA in 2000 (65 FR 34590; May 21, 2000) and listed as
endangered under the ESA in 2008 (73 FR 62919; October 22, 2008).
Therefore, the CIBW stock is considered a strategic stock.
[[Page 31877]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15JN21.014
Mortality related to live stranding events, where a CIBW group
strands as the tide recedes, has been regularly observed in upper Cook
Inlet. Most whales involved in a live stranding event survive, although
some associated deaths may not be observed if the whales die later from
live-stranding-related injuries (Vos and Shelden, 2005, Burek-
Huntington et al., 2015). Between 2014 and 2018, there were reports of
approximately 79 CIBWs involved in three known live stranding events,
plus one suspected live stranding event with two associated deaths
reported (NMFS, 2016a; NMFS, unpubl. Data, Muto et al., 2020b). In
2014, necropsy results from two whales found in Turnagain Arm suggested
that a live stranding event contributed to their deaths as both had
aspirated mud and water. No live stranding events were reported prior
to the discovery of these dead whales, suggesting that not all live
stranding events are observed. A CIBW calf that stranded alive in 2017
was sent to the Alaska SeaLife Center for rehabilitation and then
transferred to SeaWorld in San Antonio, Texas, in 2018. Most live
strandings occur in Knik Arm and Turnagain Arm, which are shallow and
have large tidal ranges, strong currents, and extensive mudflats.
Another source of CIBW mortality in Cook Inlet is predation by
transient-type (mammal-eating) killer whales (NMFS, 2016a; Sheldon et
al., 2003).
In its Recovery Plan (NMFS, 2016a), NMFS identified several threats
to CIBWs. Potential threats include: (1) High concern: Catastrophic
events (e.g., natural disasters, spills, mass strandings), cumulative
effects of multiple stressors, and noise; (2) medium concern: Disease
agents (e.g., pathogens, parasites, and harmful algal blooms), habitat
loss or degradation, reduction in prey, and unauthorized take; and (3)
low concern: Pollution, predation, and subsistence harvest. The
recovery plan did not treat climate change as a distinct threat but
rather as a consideration in the threats of high and medium concern.
Other potential threats most likely to result in direct human-caused
mortality or serious injury of this stock include ship strikes.
The CIBW stock remains within Cook Inlet throughout the year,
showing only small seasonal shifts in distribution (Goetz et al.,
2012a, Lammers et al., 2013, Castallotte et al., 2015; Shelden et al.,
2015a, 2018; Lowery et al., 2019). NMFS designated two areas,
consisting of 7,809 km\2\ (3,016 mi\2\) of marine and estuarine
environments, considered essential for the species' survival and
recovery as critical habitat (76 FR 20180; April 11, 2011). However, in
recent years the range of the CIBW whale has contracted to the upper
reaches of Cook Inlet because of the decline in the population (Rugh et
al., 2010), and almost the entire population can be found in northern
Cook Inlet from late spring through the summer and into the fall (Muto
et al., 2020b). Area 1 of the CIBW critical habitat encompasses all
marine waters of Cook Inlet north of a line connecting Point Possession
(61.04[deg] N, 150.37[deg] W) and the mouth of Three Mile Creek
(61.08.55[deg] N, 151.04.40[deg] W), including waters of the Susitna,
Little Susitna, and Chickaloon Rivers below mean higher high water.
This area provides important habitat during ice-free months and is used
intensively by CIBWs between April and November (NMFS, 2016a). The POA,
the adjacent navigation channel, and the turning basin were excluded
from critical habitat designation due to national
[[Page 31878]]
security reasons (76 FR 20180; April 11, 2011). More information on
CIBW critical habitat can be found at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/critical-habitat-cook-inlet-beluga-whale.
Aerial surveys were conducted by NMFS each year during from 1994 to
2012 (Rugh et al., 2000, 2005; Shelden et al., 2013, 2019) to document
distribution and abundance of CIBWs. NMFS changed to a biennial survey
schedule starting in 2014 after analysis showed there would be little
reduction in the ability to detect a trend given the current growth
rate of the population (Hobbs, 2013). The collective survey results
show that CIBWs have been consistently found near or in river mouths
along the northern shores of upper Cook Inlet (i.e., north of East and
West Foreland). In particular, CIBW groups are seen in the Susitna
River Delta, Knik Arm, and along the shores of Chickaloon Bay. Small
groups have also been recorded farther south in Kachemak Bay, Redoubt
Bay (Big River), and Trading Bay (McArthur River) prior to 1996 but
very rarely thereafter. Since the mid-1990s, most (96 to 100 percent)
CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet have been concentrated in shallow areas near
river mouths (Sheldon et al., 2015), no longer occurring in the central
or southern portions of Cook Inlet (Hobbs et al., 2008). Based on these
aerial surveys, the concentration of CIBWs in the northernmost portion
of Cook Inlet appears to be consistent from June to October (Rugh et
al., 2000, 2004a, 2004b, 2005, 2006, 2007). Research reports generated
from the surveys can be found at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/endangered-species-conservation/research-reports-and-publications-cook-inlet-beluga-whales.
Though CIBWs can be found throughout the inlet at any time of year,
they spend the ice-free months generally in the upper Cook Inlet,
shifting into the middle and lower Inlet in winter (Hobbs et al.,
2005). In 1999, one CIBW was tagged with a satellite transmitter, and
its movements were recorded from June through September of that year.
Since 1999, 18 CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet have been captured and fitted
with satellite tags to provide information on their movements during
late summer, fall, winter, and spring (Goetz et al., 2012a; Shelden et
al., 2015a, 2018). All tagged CIBWs remained in Cook Inlet (Shelden et
al., 2015a, 2018). Most tagged whales were in the lower to middle inlet
(70 to 100 percent of tagged whales) during January through March, near
the Susitna River Delta from April to July (60 to 90 percent of tagged
whales) and in the Knik and Turnagain Arms from August to December
(Ezer et al., 2013). More recently, the Marine Mammal Lab has conducted
long-term passive acoustic monitoring demonstrating seasonal shifts in
CIBW concentrations throughout Cook Inlet. Castellote et al. (2015)
conducted long-term acoustic monitoring at 13 locations throughout Cook
Inlet between 2008 and 2015: North Eagle Bay, Eagle River Mouth, South
Eagle Bay, Six Mile, Point MacKenzie, Cairn Point, Fire Island, Little
Susitna, Beluga River, Trading Bay, Kenai River, Tuxedni Bay, and Homer
Spit; the former six stations being located within Knik Arm. In
general, the observed seasonal distribution is in accordance with
descriptions based on aerial surveys and satellite telemetry: CIBW
detections are higher in the upper inlet during summer, peaking at
Little Susitna, Beluga River, and Eagle Bay, followed by fewer
detections at those locations during winter. Higher detections in
winter at Trading Bay, Kenai River, and Tuxedni Bay suggest a broader
CIBW distribution in the lower inlet during winter.
CIBWs are generally concentrated near the warmer waters of river
mouths during the spring and summer because that is where prey
availability is high and predator occurrence is low (Moore et al.,
2000). Goetz et al. (2012b) modeled habitat preferences using NMFS'
1994-2008 June abundance survey data. In large areas, such as the
Susitna Delta (Beluga to Little Susitna Rivers) and Knik Arm, there was
a high probability that CIBWs were in larger group sizes. CIBW presence
also increased closer to rivers with Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus
tshawytscha) runs, such as the Susitna River. Movement has been
correlated with the peak discharge of seven major rivers emptying into
Cook Inlet. Boat-based surveys from 2005 to the present (McGuire and
Stephens, 2017) and results from passive acoustic monitoring across the
entire inlet (Castellote et al., 2015) also support seasonal patterns
observed with other methods. Based on long-term passive acoustic
monitoring, seasonally, foraging behavior was more prevalent during
summer, particularly at upper inlet rivers, than during winter.
Foraging index was highest at Little Susitna, with a peak in July-
August and a secondary peak in May, followed by Beluga River and then
Eagle Bay; monthly variation in the foraging index indicates CIBWs
shift their foraging behavior among these three locations from April
through September.
CIBWs in Cook Inlet are believed to mostly calve between mid-May
and mid-July, and concurrently breed between late spring and early
summer (NMFS, 2016a), primarily in upper Cook Inlet. The only known
observed occurrence of calving occurred on July 20, 2015, in the
Susitna Delta area (T. McGuire, pers. comm. March 27, 2017). The first
neonates encountered during each field season from 2005 through 2015
were always seen in the Susitna River Delta in July. The photographic
identification team's documentation of the dates of the first neonate
of each year indicate that calving begins in mid-late July/early
August, generally coinciding with the observed timing of annual maximum
group size. Probable mating behavior of CIBWs was observed in April and
May of 2014, in Trading Bay. Young CIBWs are nursed for two years and
may continue to associate with their mothers for a considerable time
thereafter (Colbeck et al., 2013).
The POA conducted dedicated monitoring during PCT Phase 1
construction between April and November 2020 (61 North Environmental,
2021). In total, protected species observers (PSOs) observed 245 groups
of approximately 987 CIBWs near the POA (group sizes ranged from 1 to
53 individuals), with the most number of individuals and groups being
seen in August (N = 56 groups of 274 individuals) and September (N = 73
groups of 276 individuals). CIBWs were observed in every month of the
project (except during October, which only included three project and
monitoring days) with the highest sightings per unit effort, measured
as CIBWs per hour of observation, occurring at the end of August and
beginning of September.
Killer Whale
Killer whales are found throughout the North Pacific Ocean. Along
the west coast of North America, seasonal and year-round occurrence of
killer whales occur has been noted along the entire Alaska coast
(Braham and Dahlheim, 1982), in British Columbia and Washington inland
waterways (Bigg et al., 1990), and along the outer coasts of
Washington, Oregon, and California (Green et al., 1992; Barlow 1995,
1997; Forney et al., 1995). Killer whales from these areas have been
labeled as ``resident,'' ``transient,'' and ``offshore'' type killer
whales (Bigg et al., 1990, Ford et al., 2000, Dahlheim et al., 2008)
based on aspects of morphology, ecology, genetics, and behavior (Ford
and Fisher, 1982; Baird and Stacey, 1988; Baird et al., 1992; Hoelzel
et al., 1998, 2002; Barrett Lennard, 2000; Dahlheim et al., 2008). Two
stocks of killer whales may be present in upper Cook Inlet: The Eastern
North Pacific Alaska Resident stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian
Islands, and Bering Sea
[[Page 31879]]
Transient stock. Both ecotypes overlap in the same geographic area;
however, they maintain social and reproductive isolation and feed on
different prey species.
While there have been some anecdotal reports of killer whales
feeding on CIBWs in upper Cook Inlet, sightings in this region and near
the POA are rare (e.g., NMFS, 2016a; Sheldon et al., 2003). During
aerial surveys conducted between 1993 and 2004 in Cook Inlet, killer
whales were only observed on three flights, and all sightings were
located in the Kachemak and English Bay area, south of the POA (Rugh et
al., 2005). Acoustic monitoring carried out by Castellote et al. (2016)
between 2008 and 2013 only detected one transient killer whale at
Beluga River, located along the western shore of Cook Inlet, west of
the POA. Surveys conducted by Funk et al., (2005), Ireland et al.,
(2005), Brueggeman et al., (2007, 2008a, 2008b), and McGuire et al.,
(2020) did not observe killer whales in the vicinity of or north of the
POA. Lastly, killer whales were not observed during POA construction or
scientific monitoring from 2005 to 2011, during the 2016 Test Pile
Program (TPP), or during Phase 1 of the PCT project carried out between
April-November 2020 (61 North Environmental, 2021). Therefore, very few
killer whales, if any, are expected to approach or be near the project
area during construction of the SFD.
Killer whales are not harvested for subsistence in Alaska.
Potential threats most likely to result in direct human-caused
mortality or serious injury of killer whales in this region include oil
spills, vessel strikes, and interactions with fisheries. Based on
currently available data, a minimum estimate of the mean annual
mortality and serious injury rate for both the Alaska Residents and
Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, and Bering Sea Transient stocks due
to U.S. commercial fisheries is less than 10 percent of the PBR and,
therefore, is considered to be insignificant and approaching zero
mortality and serious injury rate. Therefore, neither stock is
classified as a strategic stock (Muto et al., 2020b).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises primarily frequent the coastal waters of the Gulf
of Alaska and Southeast Alaska (Dahlheim et al., 2000, 2009), typically
occurring in waters less than 100 m deep (Hobbs and Waite, 2010).
Harbor porpoise prefer nearshore areas, bays, tidal areas, and river
mouths (Dahlheim et al., 2000, 2009, 2015; Hobbs and Waite, 2010). In
Alaskan waters, NMFS has designated three stocks of harbor porpoises
for management purposes: Southeast Alaska, Gulf of Alaska, and Bering
Sea Stocks (Muto et al., 2020b). Porpoises found in Cook Inlet belong
to the Gulf of Alaska Stock, which is distributed from Cape Suckling to
Unimak Pass.
Although harbor porpoises have been frequently observed during
aerial surveys in Cook Inlet (Shelden et al., 2014), most sightings are
of single animals and are concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni bays on
the west side of lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al., 2005). The occurrence
of larger numbers of porpoise in the lower Cook Inlet may be driven by
greater availability of preferred prey and possibly less competition
with CIBWs, as CIBWs move into upper inlet waters to forage on Pacific
salmon during the summer months (Shelden et al., 2014).
There has been an increase in harbor porpoise sightings in upper
Cook Inlet over the past two decades (Shelden et al., 2014). Small
numbers of harbor porpoises have been consistently reported in upper
Cook Inlet between April and October (Prevel-Ramos et al., 2008).
Harbor porpoises have been observed within Knik Arm during monitoring
efforts since 2005. During POA construction from 2005 through 2011 and
in 2016, harbor porpoises were reported in 2009, 2010, and 2011
(Cornick and Saxon-Kendall, 2008, 2009; Cornick and Seagars, 2016;
Cornick et al., 2010, 2011; Markowitz and McGuire, 2007; Prevel-Ramos
et al., 2006). In 2009, 20 harbor porpoises were observed during
construction monitoring, with sightings in June, July, August, October,
and November. Harbor porpoises were observed twice in 2010, once in
July and again in August. In 2011, POA monitoring efforts documented
harbor porpoises five times, with a total of six individuals, in
August, October, and November at the POA (Cornick et al., 2011). During
other monitoring efforts conducted in Knik Arm, there were four
sightings of harbor porpoises in 2005 (Shelden et al., 2014), and a
single harbor porpoise was observed within the vicinity of the POA in
October 2007. More recent monitoring conducted during Phase 1 PCT
construction documented 15 groups (18 individuals) of harbor porpoises
near the POA between April and November 2020 (group sizes ranged 1-2
individuals) (61 North Environmental, 2021).
Estimates of human-caused mortality and serious injury from
stranding data and fisherman self-reports are underestimates because
not all animals strand or are self-reported nor are all stranded
animals found, reported, or have the cause of death determined. In
addition, the trend of this stock is unknown given existing data is
more than eight years old. NMFS considers this stock strategic because
the level of mortality and serious injury would likely exceed the PBR
level if we had accurate information on stock structure, a newer
abundance estimate, and complete fisheries observer coverage. Given
their shallow water distribution, harbor porpoise are vulnerable to
physical modifications of nearshore habitats resulting from urban and
industrial development (including waste management and nonpoint source
runoff) and activities such as construction of docks and other over-
water structures, filling of shallow areas, dredging, and noise
(Linnenschmidt et al., 2013). Subsistence users have not reported any
harvest from the Gulf of Alaska harbor porpoise stock since the early
1900s (Shelden et al., 2014).
Steller Sea Lion
Steller sea lions inhabiting Cook Inlet belong to the Western
distinct population segment (WDPS), and this is the stock considered in
this analysis. NMFS defines the Steller sea lion WDPS as all
populations west of longitude 144[deg] W to the western end of the
Aleutian Islands. The most recent comprehensive aerial photographic and
land-based surveys of WDPS Steller sea lions in Alaska were conducted
during the 2018 (Aleutian Islands west of Shumagin Islands) and 2019
(Southeast Alaska and Gulf of Alaska east of Shumagin Islands) breeding
seasons (Sweeney et al., 2018, 2019). The WDPS of Steller sea lions is
currently listed as endangered under the ESA (55 FR 49204, November 26,
1990) and designated as depleted under the MMPA. NMFS designated
critical habitat on August 27, 1993 (58 FR 45269). The critical habitat
designation for the WDPS of Steller sea lions was determined to include
a 37 km (20 nm) buffer around all major haul-outs and rookeries, and
associated terrestrial, atmospheric, and aquatic zones, plus three
large offshore foraging areas, none of which occurs in the project
area. Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye pollock, salmon, and
arrowtooth flounder during the summer, and walleye pollock and Pacific
cod during the winter (Sinclair and Zeppelin, 2002). Except for salmon,
none of these are found in abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et
al., 2007).
Within Cook Inlet, Steller sea lions primarily inhabit lower Cook
Inlet. However, they occasionally venture to upper Cook Inlet and Knik
Arm and may be attracted to salmon runs in the region. Steller sea
lions have been
[[Page 31880]]
observed near the POA in 2009 (ICRC 2009), 2016 (Cornick and Seagars,
2016), and in 2020 during Phase 1 PCT construction monitoring (61 North
Environmental, 2021). During POA construction monitoring in June of
2009, a Steller sea lion was documented three times (within the same
day) in Knik Arm and was believed to be the same individual (ICRC,
2009). In 2016, Steller sea lions were observed on two separate days.
On May 2, 2016, one individual was sighted. On May 25, 2016, there were
five Steller sea lion sightings within a 50-minute period, and these
sightings occurred in areas relatively close to one another suggesting
they were likely the same animal (Cornick and Seagars, 2016). Most
recently, up to six Steller sea lions were sighted across four days
between May 29 and June 24, 2020 during Phase PCT 1 construction
monitoring (61 North Environmental, 2021). At least two of these
sightings may have been re-sights on the same individual. An additional
seven unidentified pinnipeds were observed that could have been Steller
sea lions or harbor seals (61 North Environmental, 2021).
The minimum estimated mean annual level of human-caused mortality
and serious injury for Western U.S. Steller sea lions between 2014 and
2018 is 255 sea lions: 38 in U.S. commercial fisheries, 0.8 in unknown
(commercial, recreational, or subsistence) fisheries, 3.2 in marine
debris, 3.6 due to other causes (arrow strike, entangled in hatchery
net, illegal shooting, mortality incidental to Marine Mammal Protection
Act (MMPA) authorized research), and 209 in the Alaska Native
subsistence harvest (Muto et al., 2020b). However, there are multiple
nearshore commercial fisheries which are not observed; thus, there is
likely to be unreported fishery-related mortality and serious injury of
Steller sea lions.
Several factors may have been important drivers of the decline of
the stock. However, there is uncertainty about threats currently
impeding their recovery, particularly in the Aleutian Islands. Many
factors have been suggested as causes of the steep decline in abundance
of western Steller sea lions observed in the 1980s, including
competitive effects of fishing, environmental change, disease,
contaminants, killer whale predation, incidental take, and illegal and
legal shooting (Atkinson et al., 2008; NMFS, 2008a). A number of
management actions have been implemented since 1990 to promote the
recovery of the Western U.S. stock of Steller sea lions, including 3-
nmi no-entry zones around rookeries, prohibition of shooting at or near
sea lions, and regulation of fisheries for sea lion prey species (e.g.,
walleye pollock, Pacific cod, and Atka mackerel) (Sinclair et al.,
2013, Tollit et al., 2017). Additionally, potentially deleterious
events, such as harmful algal blooms (Lefebvre et al., 2016) and
disease transmission across the Arctic (VanWormer et al., 2019) that
have been associated with warming waters, could lead to potentially
negative population-level impacts on Steller sea lions.
Harbor Seal
Harbor seals inhabit coastal and estuarine waters off Baja
California, north along the western coasts of the United States,
British Columbia, and Southeast Alaska, west through the Gulf of Alaska
and Aleutian Islands, and in the Bering Sea north to Cape Newenham and
the Pribilof Islands. They haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and
drifting glacial ice and feed in marine, estuarine, and occasionally
fresh waters. Harbor seals generally are non-migratory, with local
movements associated with such factors as tides, weather, season, food
availability, and reproduction (Scheffer and Slipp, 1944; Fisher, 1952;
Bigg, 1969, 1981; Hastings et al., 2004). NMFS currently identifies
twelve stocks of harbor seals based largely on genetic structure (Muto
et al., 2020a). Harbor seals from the Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait stock,
which ranges from the southwest tip of Unimak Island east along the
southern coast of the Alaska Peninsula to Elizabeth Island off the
southwest tip of the Kenai Peninsula, including Cook Inlet, Knik Arm,
and Turnagain Arm, are considered in this analysis.
Harbor seals belonging to this stock inhabit the coastal and
estuarine waters of Cook Inlet and are observed in both upper and lower
Cook Inlet throughout most of the year (Boveng et al., 2012; Shelden et
al., 2013). Research on satellite-tagged harbor seals conducted between
2004 and 2006 observed several movement patterns within Cook Inlet
(Boveng et al., 2012), including a strong seasonal pattern of more
coastal and restricted spatial use during the spring and summer
(breeding, pupping, molting) and more wide-ranging movements within and
outside of Cook Inlet during the winter months, with some seals ranging
as far as Shumigan Islands. During summer months, movements and
distribution was mostly confined to the west side of Cook Inlet and
Kachemak Bay, and seals captured in lower Cook Inlet generally
exhibited site fidelity by remaining south of the Forelands in lower
Cook Inlet after release (Boveng et al., 2012).
The presence of harbor seals in upper Cook Inlet is seasonal.
Harbor seals are commonly observed along the Susitna River and other
tributaries within upper Cook Inlet during eulachon and salmon
migrations (NMFS, 2003). The major haulout sites for harbor seals are
located in lower Cook Inlet with fewer sites in upper Cook Inlet
(Montgomery et al., 2007). In the project area (Knik Arm), harbor seals
tend to congregate near the mouth of Ship Creek (Cornick et al., 2011;
Shelden et al., 2013), likely foraging on salmon and eulachon runs.
Approximately 138 harbor seals were observed during POA monitoring
prior to 2020, with sightings ranging from three individuals in 2008 to
59 individuals in 2011. During 2020 PCT Phase 1 construction
monitoring, harbor seals were regularly observed in the vicinity of the
POA with frequent observations near the mouth of Ship Creek, located
approximately 700 m southeast of the SFD location. From 27 April
through 24 November 2020, a total of 340 individual harbor seals were
observed (61 North Environmental, 2021). An additional seven
unidentified pinnipeds were observed that could have been Steller sea
lions or harbor seals. Harbor seals were observed almost daily during
construction, with 54 individuals documented in July, 66 documented in
August, and 44 sighted in September (61North Environmental, 2021).
The most current population trend estimate of the Cook Inlet/
Shelikof Strait stock is approximately -111 seals per year, with a
probability that the stock is decreasing of 0.609 (Muto et al., 2020a).
The estimated level of human-caused mortality and serious injury for
this stock is 234 seals, of which 233 seals are taken for subsistence
uses. Between 2013 and 2017, there were two reports of Cook Inlet/
Shelikof Strait harbor seal mortality and serious injury due to
entanglements in fishing gear, including one in a Cook Inlet salmon set
gillnet in 2014 and one in an unidentified net in 2017, resulting in a
mean annual mortality and serious injury rate of 0.4 harbor seals from
this stock due to interactions with unknown (commercial, recreational,
or subsistence) fisheries (Muto et al., 2020a). Additional potential
threats most likely to result in direct human-caused mortality or
serious injury for all stocks of harbor seals in Alaska include
unmonitored subsistence harvests, incidental takes in commercial
fisheries, illegal shooting, and entanglements in marine debris (Delean
et al., 2020, Muto et al., 2020a). Disturbance by cruise vessels is an
additional threat for harbor seal stocks that occur in glacial fjords
(Jansen et al., 2010, 2015; Matthews et
[[Page 31881]]
al., 2016). The average annual harvest of this stock of harbor seals
between 2004 and 2008 was 233 seals per year. The annual harvest in
2014 was 104 seals (Muto et al., 2020a). This stock is not designated
as depleted under the MMPA or listed as threatened or endangered under
the ESA, and the minimum estimate of the mean annual level of human-
caused mortality and serious injury does not exceed PBR; therefore, the
Cook Inlet/Shelikof Strait stock of harbor seals is not classified as a
strategic stock (Muto et al., 2020a).
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al., (2007) recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or
estimated hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response
data, audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al., (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in Table 3.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
[NMFS, 2018]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
(dolphins, toothed whales, beaked
whales, bottlenose whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus
cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
(true seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
(sea lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Six marine mammal species (four cetacean and two pinniped (one otariid
and one phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with
the proposed construction activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the
cetacean species that may be present, one is classified as low-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), two are classified
as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid species and
the sperm whale), and one is classified as high-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., harbor porpoise and Kogia spp.).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
The primary relevant stressor to marine mammals from the proposed
activity is the introduction of noise into the aquatic environment;
therefore, we focus our impact analysis on the effects of anthropogenic
noise on marine mammals. To better understand the potential impacts of
exposure to pile driving noise, we describe sound source
characteristics below. Specifically, we look at the following two ways
to characterize sound: by its temporal (i.e., continuous or
intermittent) and its pulse (i.e., impulsive or non-impulsive)
properties. Continuous sounds are those whose sound pressure level
remains above that of the ambient sound, with negligibly small
fluctuations in level (NIOSH, 1998; ANSI, 2005), while intermittent
sounds are defined as sounds with interrupted levels of low or no sound
(NIOSH, 1998). Impulsive sounds, such as those generated by impact pile
driving, are typically transient, brief (<1 sec), broadband, and
consist of a high peak pressure with rapid rise time and rapid decay
(ANSI, 1986; NIOSH, 1998). The majority of energy in pile impact pulses
is at frequencies below 500 hertz (Hz). Impulsive sounds, by
definition, are intermittent. Non-impulsive sounds, such as those
generated by vibratory pile driving, can be broadband, narrowband or
tonal, brief or prolonged, and typically do not have a high peak sound
pressure with rapid rise/decay time that impulsive sounds do (ANSI,
1995; NIOSH, 1998). Non-impulsive sounds can be intermittent or
continuous. Similar to impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving
generates low frequency sounds. Vibratory pile driving is considered a
non-impulsive, continuous source. Discussion on the appropriate
harassment threshold associated with these types of sources
[[Page 31882]]
based on these characteristics can be found in the Estimated Take
section.
Potential Effects of Pile Driving--In general, the effects of
sounds from pile driving to marine mammals might result in one or more
of the following: Temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-
auditory physical or physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et
al., 2007). The potential for and magnitude of these effects are
dependent on several factors, including receiver characteristics (e.g.,
age, size, depth of the marine mammal receiving the sound during
exposure); the energy needed to drive the pile (usually related to pile
size, depth driven, and substrate), the standoff distance between the
pile and receiver; and the sound propagation properties of the
environment.
Impacts to marine mammals from pile driving activities are expected
to result primarily from acoustic pathways. As such, the degree of
effect is intrinsically related to the received level and duration of
the sound exposure, which are in turn influenced by the distance
between the animal and the source. The further away from the source,
the less intense the exposure should be. The type of pile driving also
influences the type of impacts, for example, exposure to impact pile
driving may result in temporary or permanent hearing impairment, while
auditory impacts are unlikely to result from exposure to vibratory pile
driving. The substrate and depth of the habitat affect the sound
propagation properties of the environment. Shallow environments are
typically more structurally complex, which leads to rapid sound
attenuation. In addition, substrates that are soft (e.g., sand) absorb
or attenuate the sound more readily than hard substrates (e.g., rock)
which may reflect the acoustic wave. Soft porous substrates also likely
require less time to drive the pile, and possibly less forceful
equipment, which ultimately decrease the intensity of the acoustic
source.
Richardson et al., (1995) described zones of increasing intensity
of effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from
a source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects (i.e., permanent hearing
impairment, certain non-auditory physical or physiological effects)
only briefly as we do not expect that there is a reasonable likelihood
that POA's activities would result in such effects (see below for
further discussion).
NMFS defines a noise-induced threshold shift (TS) as ``a change,
usually an increase, in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level'' (NMFS, 2016b). The amount of
threshold shift is customarily expressed in dB (ANSI 1995, Yost 2007).
A TS can be permanent (PTS) or temporary (TTS). As described in NMFS
(2018), there are numerous factors to consider when examining the
consequence of TS, including, but not limited to, the signal temporal
pattern (e.g., impulsive or non-impulsive), likelihood an individual
would be exposed for a long enough duration or to a high enough level
to induce a TS, the magnitude of the TS, time to recovery (seconds to
minutes or hours to days), the frequency range of the exposure (i.e.,
spectral content), the hearing and vocalization frequency range of the
exposed species relative to the signal's frequency spectrum (i.e., how
animal uses sound within the frequency band of the signal; e.g.,
Kastelein et al., 2014), and the overlap between the animal and the
source (e.g., spatial, temporal, and spectral). When analyzing the
auditory effects of noise exposure, it is often helpful to broadly
categorize sound as either impulsive--noise with high peak sound
pressure, short duration, fast rise-time, and broad frequency content--
or non-impulsive. When considering auditory effects, vibratory pile
driving is considered a non-impulsive source while impact pile driving
is treated as an impulsive source.
Permanent Threshold Shift--NMFS defines PTS as a permanent,
irreversible increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). Available data
from humans and other terrestrial mammals indicate that a 40 dB
threshold shift approximates PTS onset (see NMFS 2018 for review).
Temporary Threshold Shift--NMFS defines TTS as a temporary,
reversible increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). Based on data from
cetacean TTS measurements (see Finneran 2015 for a review), a TTS of 6
dB is considered the minimum threshold shift clearly larger than any
day-to-day or session-to-session variation in a subject's normal
hearing ability (Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2000; Finneran
et al., 2002).
Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration
(i.e., recovery time), and frequency range of TTS, and the context in
which it is experienced, TTS can have effects on marine mammals ranging
from discountable to serious (similar to those discussed in auditory
masking, below). For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-
critical frequency range that takes place during a time when the animal
is traveling through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts. We note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been observed in marine mammals, as well
as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer that
strategies exist for coping with this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost.
Schlundt et al. (2000) performed a study exposing five bottlenose
dolphins and two beluga whales (same individuals as Finneran's studies)
to intense one second tones at different frequencies. The resulting
levels of fatiguing stimuli necessary to induce 6 dB or larger masked
TTSs were generally between 192 and 201 dB re: 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa).
Dolphins began to exhibit altered behavior at levels of 178-193 dB re:
1[mu]Pa and above; beluga whales displayed altered behavior at 180-196
dB re: 1 [mu]Pa and above. At the conclusion of the study, all
thresholds were at baseline values.
There are a limited number of studies investigating the potential
for cetacean TTS from pile driving and only one has elicited a small
amount of TTS in a single harbor porpoise individual (Kastelein et al.,
2015). However,
[[Page 31883]]
captive bottlenose dolphins and beluga whales have exhibited changes in
behavior when exposed to pulsed sounds (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002,
2005). The animals tolerated high received levels of sound before
exhibiting aversive behaviors. Experiments on a beluga whale showed
that exposure to a single watergun impulse at a received level of 207
kiloPascal (kPa) (30 psi) p-p, which is equivalent to 228 dB p-p,
resulted in a 7 and 6 dB TTS in the beluga whale at 0.4 and 30 kHz,
respectively. Thresholds returned to within 2 dB of the pre-exposure
level within four minutes of the exposure (Finneran et al., 2002).
Although the source level of pile driving from one hammer strike is
expected to be lower than the single watergun impulse cited here,
animals being exposed for a prolonged period to repeated hammer strikes
could receive more sound exposure in terms of SEL than from the single
watergun impulse (estimated at 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s) in the
aforementioned experiment (Finneran et al., 2002). Results of these
studies suggest odontocetes are susceptible to TTS from pile driving,
but that they seem to recover quickly from at least small amounts of
TTS.
Behavioral Responses--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety
of effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment
of high-quality habitat. Disturbance may result in changing durations
of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or moving
direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/
cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or aggressive behavior (such as
tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of areas where sound
sources are located. Pinnipeds may increase their haul-out time,
possibly to avoid in-water disturbance (Thorson and Reyff, 2006).
Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-specific
and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic factors
(e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current activity,
reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day), as well as the
interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010).
Behavioral reactions can vary not only among individuals but also
within an individual, depending on previous experience with a sound
source, context, and numerous other factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and
can vary depending on characteristics associated with the sound source
(e.g., whether it is moving or stationary, number of sources, distance
from the source). In general, pinnipeds seem more tolerant of, or at
least habituate more quickly to, potentially disturbing underwater
sound than do cetaceans, and generally seem to be less responsive to
exposure to industrial sound than most cetaceans. Please see Appendices
B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies involving marine
mammal behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure.
As noted above, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997;
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic
harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and
Symonds 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the
type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that
[[Page 31884]]
respiration rates may either be unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics, again highlighting the
importance in understanding species differences in the tolerance of
underwater noise when determining the potential for impacts resulting
from anthropogenic sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b,
2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
(Eubalaena glacialis) have been observed to shift the frequency content
of their calls upward while reducing the rate of calling in areas of
increased anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases,
animals may cease sound production during production of aversive
signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
(Eschrictius robustus) are known to change direction--deflecting from
customary migratory paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys
(Malme et al., 1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals
returning to the area once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey
et al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is possible, however, which may
lead to changes in abundance or distribution patterns of the affected
species in the affected region if habituation to the presence of the
sound does not occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may
influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al, 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stress responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b, Wright et al., 2007) and, more rarely, studied in
wild populations (e.g.,
[[Page 31885]]
Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al., (2012) found that
noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Specific to CIBWs, we have several years of marine mammal
monitoring data demonstrating the behavioral responses to pile driving
at the POA. Previous pile driving activities range from the
installation and removal of sheet pile driving to installation of 48-in
pipe piles with both vibratory and impact hammers, and vibratory
installation of 72-inch air bubble casings. Kendall and Cornick (2015)
provide a comprehensive overview of four years of scientific marine
mammal monitoring conducted during the POA's Expansion Project. These
were observations made independent of pile driving activities (i.e.,
not construction based PSOs). The authors investigated CIBWs behavior
before and during pile driving activity at the POA. Sighting rates,
mean sighting duration, behavior, mean group size, group composition,
and group formation were compared between the two periods. A total of
about 2,329 h of sampling effort was completed across 349 d from 2005
to 2009. Overall, 687 whales in 177 groups were documented during the
69 days that whales were sighted. A total of 353 and 1,663 hours of
pile driving took place in 2008 and 2009, respectively. There was no
relationship between monthly CIBW sighting rates and monthly pile
driving rates (r = 0.19, p = 0.37). Sighting rates before (n = 12; 0.06
0.01) and during (n = 13; 0.01 0.03) pile
driving were not significantly different. However, sighting duration of
CIBWs decreased significantly during pile driving (39 6
min before and 18 3 min during). There were also
significant differences in behavior before versus during pile driving.
CIBWs primarily traveled through the study area both before and during
pile driving; however, traveling increased relative to other behaviors
during pile driving. Suspected feeding decreased during pile driving
although the sample size was low as feeding was observed on only two
occasions before pile driving and on zero occasions during pile
driving. Documentation of milling began in 2008 and was observed on 21
occasions. No acute behavioral responses were documented. Mean group
size decreased during pile driving; however, this difference was not
statistically significant. There were significant differences in group
composition before and during pile driving between monthly CIBW
sighting rates and monthly pile driving rates with more white (i.e.,
older) animals being present during pile driving.
During PCT construction monitoring, behaviors of CIBWs groups were
compared by month and by construction activity (61 North Environmental,
2021). Little variability was evident in the behaviors recorded from
month to month, or between sightings that coincided with in-water pile
installation and removal and those that did not. One minor difference
was a slightly higher incidence of milling behavior during the periods
of no pile driving and slightly higher rates of traveling behavior
during periods when CIBWs were potential disturbed by pile driving.
Acoustically, Kendall et al. (2013) only recorded echolocation
clicks and no whistles or noisy vocalizations near construction
activity at the POA. CIBWs have been occasionally documented to forage
around Ship Creek (south of the POA) but, during pile driving, may
choose to move past the POA to other, potentially richer, feeding areas
further into Knik Arm (e.g., Six Mile Creek, Eagle River, Eklutna
River). These locations contain predictable salmon runs (ADF&G, 2010),
an important food source for CIBWs, and the timing of these runs has
been correlated with CIBW movements into the upper reaches of Knik Arm
(Ezer et al., 2013).
Auditory Masking
Since many marine mammals rely on sound to find prey, moderate
social interactions, and facilitate mating (Tyack, 2008), noise from
anthropogenic sound sources can interfere with these functions, but
only if the noise spectrum overlaps with the hearing sensitivity of the
marine mammal (Southall et al., 2007; Clark et al., 2009; Hatch et al.,
2012). Chronic exposure to excessive, though not high-intensity, noise
could cause masking at particular frequencies for marine mammals that
utilize sound for vital biological functions (Clark et al., 2009).
Acoustic masking is when other noises such as from human sources
interfere with animal detection of acoustic signals such as
communication calls, echolocation sounds, and environmental sounds
important to marine mammals. Therefore, under certain circumstances,
marine mammals whose acoustical sensors or environment are being
severely masked could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction.
Masking, which can occur over large temporal and spatial scales,
can potentially affect the species at population, community, or even
ecosystem levels, as well as individual levels. Masking affects both
senders and receivers of the signals and could have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammal species and populations. Masking occurs at the
frequency band which the animals utilize so the frequency range of the
potentially masking sound is important in determining any potential
behavioral impacts. Pile driving generates low frequency sounds;
therefore, mysticete foraging is likely more affected than odontocetes
given very high frequency echolocation clicks (typically associated
with odontocete foraging) are likely unmasked to any significant
degree. However, lower frequency man-made sounds may affect
communication signals when they occur near the sound band and thus
reduce the communication space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and cause increased stress levels (e.g., Foote et al., 2004; Holt et
al., 2009).
Moreover, even within a given species, different types of man-made
noises may results in varying degrees of masking. For example, Erbe
(1997) and Erbe and Farmer (1998) analyzed the effect of masking of
beluga calls by exposing a trained beluga to icebreaker propeller
noise, an icebreaker's bubbler system, and ambient Arctic ice cracking
noise, and found that the latter was the least problematic for the
whale detecting the calls. Sheifele et al. (2005) studied a population
of belugas in the St. Lawrence River Estuary to determine whether
beluga vocalizations showed intensity changes in response to shipping
noise. This type of behavior has been observed in humans and is known
as the Lombard vocal response (Lombard, 1911). Sheifele et al. (2005)
demonstrated that shipping noise did cause belugas to vocalize louder.
The acoustic behavior of this same population of belugas was studied in
the presence of ferry and small boat noise. Lesage et al. (1999)
described more persistent vocal responses when whales were exposed to
the ferry than to the small-boat noise. These included a progressive
reduction in calling rate while vessels were approaching, an increase
in the repetition of specific calls, and a shift to higher frequency
bands used by vocalizing animals when vessels were close to the whales.
The authors concluded that these changes,
[[Page 31886]]
and the reduction in calling rate to almost silence, may reduce
communication efficiency which is critical for a species of a
gregarious nature. However, the authors also stated that because of the
gregarious nature of belugas, this ``would not pose a serious problem
for intraherd communication'' of belugas given the short distance
between group members, and concluded a noise source would have to be
very close to potentially limit any communication within the beluga
group (Lesage et al., 1999). However, increasing the intensity or
repetition rate, or shifting to higher frequencies when exposed to
shipping noise (from merchant, whale watching, ferry and small boats),
is indicative of an increase of energy costs (Bradbury and Vehrencamp,
1998).
Marine mammals in Cook Inlet are continuously exposed to
anthropogenic noise which may lead to some habituation but is also a
source of masking (Castellote et al., 2019, Mooney et al., 2020). A
subsample (8756 hours) of the acoustic recordings collected by the Cook
Inlet Beluga Acoustics research program in Cook Inlet, Alaska, from
July 2008 to May 2013, were analyzed to describe anthropogenic sources
of underwater noise, acoustic characteristics, and frequency of
occurrence and evaluate the potential for acoustic impact to CIBWs. As
described in Castellote et al., (2016), a total of 13 sources of noise
were identified: commercial ship, dredging, helicopter, jet aircraft
(commercial or non-fighter), jet aircraft (military fighter), outboard
engine (small skiffs, rafts), pile driving, propeller aircraft, sub-
bottom profiler, unclassified machinery (continuous mechanical sound;
e.g., engine), unidentified `clank' or `bang' (impulsive mechanical
sound; e.g., barge dumping), unidentified (unclassifiable anthropogenic
sound), unknown up- or down-sweep (modulated tone of mechanical origin;
e.g., hydraulics). A total of 6263 anthropogenic acoustic events were
detected and classified, which had a total duration of 1025 hours and
represented 11.7 percent of the sound recordings analyzed. There was
strong variability in source diversity, loudness, distribution, and
seasonal occurrence of noise, which reflects the many different
activities within the Cook Inlet. Cairn Point was the location where
the loudness and duration of commercial ship noise events were most
concentrated, due to activities at the POA. This specific source of
anthropogenic noise was present in the recordings from all months
analyzed, with highest levels in August. In addition to the
concentrated shipping noise at Cairn Point, a combination of unknown
noise classes occurred in this area, particularly during summer.
Specifically, unknown up or down sweeps, unidentified, unclassed
machinery, and unidentified clank or bang noise classes were all
documented. In contrast, Eagle River (north of the POA and where CIBWs
concentrate to forage) was the quietest of all sampled locations.
Sensitivity in CIBW hearing may make them more susceptible to
masking. The first empirical hearing data of a CIBW was recently
obtained by Mooney et al., (2020), who used auditory evoked potentials
to measure the hearing of a wild, stranded CIBW as part of its
rehabilitation assessment. The CIBW exhibited broadband (4-128 kHz) and
sensitive hearing (<80 dB) for a wide range of frequencies (16-80 kHz),
with the audiogram shape and waveforms generally reflective of a
sensitive odontocete's auditory system without substantial hearing loss
(Mooney et al., 2020). This sensitivity suggests that CIBWs are
susceptible to masking from a variety of anthropogenic sources in Cook
Inlet.
Potential Pile Driving Effects on Prey--Pile driving produces
continuous, non-impulsive (i.e., vibratory pile driving) sounds and
intermittent, pulsed (i.e., impact driving) sounds. Fish react to
sounds that are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency
sounds. Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes
in fish behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)
identified several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid
certain areas of sound energy. Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although several are based on studies
in support of large, multiyear bridge construction projects (e.g.,
Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009). Sound pressure
levels (SPLs) of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to
fish and fish mortality (summarized in Popper et al., 2014). The most
likely impact to fish from pile driving activities at the project area
would be temporary behavioral avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is unknown, but a
rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is
anticipated.
As discussed in the Marine Mammal section above, NMFS designated
CIBW critical habitat in Knik Arm. Knik Arm is Type 1 habitat for the
CIBWs, which means it is the most valuable, used intensively by CIBWs
from spring through fall for foraging and nursery habitat. However, the
POA, the adjacent navigation channel, and the turning basin were
excluded from critical habitat designation due to national security
concerns (76 FR 20180; April 11, 2011). Foraging primarily occurs at
river mouths (e.g., Susitna Delta, Eagle River flats) which are
unlikely to be influenced by pile driving activities. The Susitna Delta
is more than 20 km from the POA and Cairn Point is likely to impede any
pile driving noise from propagating into northern Knik Arm. Of the 245
CIBW groups observed during PCT construction monitoring, only two
groups were suspected to be feeding (61 North Environmental, 2021). One
of these groups (n = 4 CIBWs) was observed on May 7, 2020, a non-pile
driving day, approximately 142 m away from the PCT. The other group (n
= 3 CIBWs) was observed on July 14, 2020 during impact installation of
an attenuated 48-inch pile. These CIBWs were suspected to be foraging
in Bootleggers Cove, approximately 1,399 m way from the PCT and outside
the respective Level B harassment zone (824 m). It was unclear whether
or not feeding occurred during pile driving activities (61 North
Environmental, 2021).
Acoustic habitat is the soundscape which encompasses all of the
sound present in a particular location and time, as a whole, when
considered from the perspective of the animals experiencing it. Animals
produce sound for, or listen for sounds produced by, conspecifics
(communication during feeding, mating, and other social activities),
other animals (finding prey or avoiding predators) and the physical
environment (finding suitable habitats, navigating). Together, sounds
made by animals and the geophysical environment (e.g., produced by
earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain, waves) make up the natural
contributions to the total acoustics of a place. These acoustic
conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one attribute of an animal's
total habitat. Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat
influenced by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may
include incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic or may
be intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data
acquisition purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays or other sources).
Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its frequency content, duration,
and loudness and these characteristics greatly influence the potential
habitat-mediated effects to marine mammals (please see also the
[[Page 31887]]
previous discussion on masking under ``Acoustic Effects''), which may
range from local effects for brief periods of time to chronic effects
over large areas and for long durations. Depending on the extent of
effects to habitat, animals may alter their communications signals
(thereby potentially expending additional energy) or miss acoustic cues
(either conspecific or adventitious). For more detail on these concepts
see, e.g., Barber et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011; Francis and
Barber, 2013; Lillis et al., 2014.
CIBW foraging habitat is limited at the POA given the highly
industrialized area. However, foraging habitat exists near the POA,
including Ship Creek and to the north of Cairn Point. Potential impacts
to foraging habitat include increased turbidity and elevation in noise
levels during pile driving. While the POA is building a new dock, it is
removing the float and gangway of the existing dock and permanent
impacts from the presence of the new dock are negligible. Here, we
focus on construction impacts such as increased turbidity and reference
the section on acoustic habitat impacts above.
Pile installation may temporarily increase turbidity resulting from
suspended sediments. Any increases would be temporary, localized, and
minimal. POA must comply with state water quality standards during
these operations by limiting the extent of turbidity to the immediate
project area. In general, turbidity associated with pile installation
is localized to about a 25-foot (7.6 m) radius around the pile (Everitt
et al., 1980). Cetaceans are not expected to be close enough to the
project activity areas to experience effects of turbidity, and any
small cetaceans and pinnipeds could avoid localized areas of turbidity.
Therefore, the impact from increased turbidity levels is expected to be
discountable to marine mammals. No turbidity impacts to Ship Creek or
critical CIBW foraging habitats are anticipated.
In summary, activities associated with the proposed SFD project are
not likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on marine mammal habitat
or populations of fish species or on the quality of acoustic habitat.
Marine mammals may choose to not forage in close proximity to the SFD
site during pile driving; however, the POA is not a critical foraging
location for any marine mammal species. As discussed above, harbor
seals primarily use Ship Creek as foraging habitat within Knik Arm.
CIBWs utilize Eagle Bay and rivers north of the POA which are not
expected to be ensonified by the SFD project. Therefore, no impacts to
critical foraging grounds are anticipated.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as pile
driving has the potential to result in disruption of behavioral
patterns for individual marine mammals, either directly or as a result
of TTS. There is also some potential for auditory injury (Level A
harassment) to result, primarily for mysticetes, high frequency
species, and phocids because predicted auditory injury zones are larger
than for mid-frequency species and otariids. Auditory injury is
unlikely to occur for mid-frequency species and otariids. The proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the
severity of the taking to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is
estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water
that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4)
and the number of days of activities. We note that while these basic
factors can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group size). Below, we describe the
factors considered here in more detail and present the proposed take
estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to
Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A
harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,
Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what the available science indicates
and the practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is
both predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are
likely to be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider Level B
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (root mean square; rms) for
continuous (e.g., vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or
intermittent (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. This take estimation
includes disruption of behavioral patterns resulting directly in
response to noise exposure (e.g., avoidance), as well as that resulting
indirectly from associated impacts such as TTS or masking. However,
ambient noise levels within Knik Arm are above the 120-dB threshold,
and therefore, for purposes of this analysis, NMFS considers received
levels above those of the measured ambient noise (122.2 dB) to
constitute Level B harassment of marine mammals incidental to
continuous noise, including vibratory pile driving.
Results from recent acoustic monitoring conducted at the port are
presented in Austin et al. (2016) and Denes et al. (2016) wherein noise
levels were measured in absence of pile driving from May 27 through May
30, 2016 at two locations: Ambient-Dock and Ambient-Offshore. NMFS
considers the median sound levels to be most appropriate when
considering background noise levels for purposes of
[[Page 31888]]
evaluating the potential impacts of the POA's SFD Project on marine
mammals (NMFS, 2012). By using the median value, which is the 50th
percentile of the measurements, for ambient noise level, one will be
able to eliminate the few transient loud identifiable events that do
not represent the true ambient condition of the area. This is relevant
because during two of the four days (50 percent) when background
measurement data were being collected, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
was dredging Terminal 3 (located just north of the Ambient-Offshore
hydrophone) for 24 hours per day with two 1-hour breaks for crew
change. On the last two days of data collection, no dredging was
occurring. Therefore, the median provides a better representation of
background noise levels when the SFD project would be occurring. With
regard to spatial considerations of the measurements, the Ambient-
Offshore location is most applicable to this discussion (NMFS, 2012).
The median ambient noise level collected over four days at the end of
May at the Ambient-Offshore hydrophone was 122.2 dB. We note the
Ambient-Dock location was quieter, with a median of 117 dB; however,
that hydrophone was placed very close to the dock and not where we
would expect Level B harassment to occur given mitigation measures
(e.g., shut downs). We also recognize that during Phase 1 PCT acoustic
monitoring, noise levels in Knik Arm absent pile driving were collected
(Reyff et al., 2021); however, the Phase 1 PCT IHA did not require
ambient noise measurements to be collected. These measurements were not
collected in accordance to NMFS (2012) guidance for measuring ambient
noise and thus cannot be used here for that purpose. If additional data
collected in the future warrant revisiting this issue, NMFS may adjust
the 122.2 dB rms Level B harassment threshold.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (NMFS, 2018) identifies dual criteria to
assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine
mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to
noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive).
The POA's proposed activity includes the use of non-impulsive
(vibratory pile driving) sources.
These thresholds are provided in Table 4 below. The references,
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds \*\ (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1; Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2; LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3; Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4; LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5; Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6; LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7; Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8; LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9; Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10; LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
The estimated sound source levels (SSL) proposed by the POA and
used in this assessment for vibratory installation of attenuated piles
are based on sound levels of 24-inch and 36-inch piles measured during
a sound source verification (SSV) study conducted during Phase 1 of the
POA's 2020 PCT project (Reyff et al., 2021). For the 24-inch template
piles, SSLs measured for 24-inch PCT template piles by Reyff et al.
(2021) were selected for use as a proxy for 24-inch SFD template piles
based on anticipated pile function (Table 5). These piles were driven
for 19.2 to 25.6 minutes, using an APE 200-6 vibratory hammer and a
confined bubble curtain (Reyff et al., 2021). For the 36-inch template
piles, SSLs are assumed to be similar to the SSLs measured for 36-inch
trestle piles installed during PCT construction (note no 36-inch
template piles were measured in Reyffe et al., 2021) (Table 5). These
piles were installed with a confined bubble curtain using an APE 300-6
vibratory hammer; driving times ranged from 22.1 to 36.4 minutes. It is
assumed that SLLs during pile installation and removal for both pile
sizes will be similar.
No unattenuated 24-inch or 36-inch piles were installed during
either the TPP (Austin et al., 2016) or PCT SSV projects (Reyeff et
al., 2021). Instead, SSL measurements collected during marine
construction projects conducted by the U.S. Navy for the Naval Base
Kitsap at Bangor EHW-2 Project (U.S. Navy, 2015), which were installed
at similar depths and in a similar marine environment, were used as
proxies for vibratory and impact installation of unattenuated piles for
the SFD project (Table 5). It is assumed that SSLs during vibratory
pile installation and removal will be similar.
SSLs measurements for attenuated 24-inch and 36-inch piles driven
with an impact hammer also were not measured during either the TPP
(Austin et al., 2016) or PCT SSV projects (Reyeff et al., 2021). SSL
measurements for impact
[[Page 31889]]
installation made by Ryeff et al. (2021) were on piles using a confined
bubble curtain system with 48-inch piles; whereas, an unconfined system
is proposed with smaller piles for the SFD. In a confined bubble
curtain system, the bubbles are confined to the area around the pile
with a flexible material or rigid pipe; however, in an unconfined
bubble curtain system, there is no such system for restraining the
bubbles (NAVFAC SW, 2020). Unconfined bubble curtain performance is
highly variable and effectiveness depends on the system design and on-
site conditions such as water depth, water current velocity, substrate
and underlying geology. The unconfined systems typically consist of
vertically stacked bubble rings, while the confined systems are a
single ring at the bottom placed inside a casing that encompasses the
pile. The U.S. Navy (2015) summarized several studies which
demonstrated that unconfined bubble curtains performance can be
effective in attenuating underwater noise from impact pile
installation. They found bubble curtain performance to be highly
variable, but based on information from the Bangor Naval Base Test Pile
Program, found an average peak SPL reduction of 8 dB to 10 dB at 10 m
would be an achievable level of attenuation for steel pipe piles of 36-
and 48-inches in diameter. The efficiency of bubble curtains with 24-
inch piles was not examined by the U.S. Navy (2015). Based on these
analyses, and the effect that local currents may have on the
distribution of bubbles and thus effectiveness of an unconfined bubble
curtain, NMFS conservatively applies a 7 dB reduction to the U.S. Navy
(2015) unattenuated SSLs (Table 5) for attenuated 24-inch and 36-inch
piles during impact pile driving (Table 5). These SSLs are consistent
with SSLs previously proposed and authorized by NMFS for POA impact
pile driving of 24-inch and 36-inch piles (e.g., PCT Final IHA [85 FR
19294]). Rationale for using a 7 dB reduction has further been provided
on June 19, 2019, in 84 FR 28474 and on November 25, 2019, in 84 FR
64833. This reduction is more conservative than the confined bubble
curtain efficacy reported by Reyff et al. (2021), which ranged from 9
to 11 dB for peak, rms, and SEL single strike measurements.
The TL coefficients reported in the PCT SSV are highly variable and
are generally lower than values previously reported and used in the
region. For example, Reyff et al. (2021) reported unweighted
transmission loss coefficients ranging from 8.9 to 16.3 dB SEL and 7.0
to 16.7 dB rms for impact driving 48-inch attenuated piles. In the PCT
Final IHA (85 FR 19294), the POA proposed, and NMFS applied, a TL rate
of 16.85 dB SEL for assessing potential for Level A harassment from
impact pile driving and a TL rate of 18.35 dB rms when assessing
potential for Level B harassment from impact pile driving for based on
Austin et al. (2016) measurements recorded during the TPP on 48-in
piles. Higher TL rates in Knik Arm are supported by additional studies,
such as by [Scaron]irovi[cacute] and Kendall (2009), who reported a TL
of 16.4 dB during impact hammer driving during passive acoustic
monitoring of the POA Marine Terminal Redevelopment Project, and by
Blackwell (2005) who reported TLs ranging from 16--18 dB SEL and 21.8
dB rms for impact and vibratory installation of 36-inch piles,
respectively, during modifications made to the Port MacKenzie dock.
After careful inspection of the data presented in the Reyff et al.,
study (including relevant spectrograms), NMFS is concerned that flow
noise in the far field measurements is negatively biasing the
regressions derived to infer TL rates. While Reyff et al. (2021)
discuss attempts they made to remove flow noise from their
calculations, NMFS could not conclude that these attempts adequately
removed flow noise from their measurements. Relevant to the SFD, the TL
calculations of individual vibratory installation of 24-inch template
piles and 36-inch trestle piles reported by Reyff et al. (2021) were
also highly variable ranging from 12.5 to 16.6 dB rms and 14.4 to 17.2
dB rms, respectively. Given this variability and previous data
suggesting higher TL rates, NMFS has preliminarily determined that
applying a practical spreading loss model (15logR) to ensonified area
calculations is most likely the representative scenario in Knik Arm
(Table 5). The 15 TL coefficient also falls within the range of TL
coefficients reported in Reyff et al. (2021). We note the POA will
conduct additional acoustic monitoring during Phase II of the PCT in
2021 (prior to when the SFD project will commence) and, if warranted,
these assumptions may be adjusted and resulting harassment isopleths
modified.
Table 5--Estimated Sound Source Levels and Transmission Loss Coefficients With and Without a Bubble Curtain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Method and pile size Unattenuated
Bubble curtain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vibratory Sound level at 10 m
TL coefficient
Sound level at 10 m
TL coefficient
(dB rms)
(dB rms)
(dB rms)
(dB rms)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36-inch................................... \a\ 166.0
\c\ 15.0
\b\ 161.4
\c\ 15.0
24-inch................................... \a\ 161.0
\c\ 15.0
\b\ 158.5
\c\ 15.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact Unattenuated
Bubble curtain
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sound level at 10 m
TL coefficient
Sound level at 10 m
TL coefficient
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dB rms dB SEL dB Peak dB rms dB SEL dB rms dB SEL dB peak dB rms dB SEL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36-inch................................... \a\ 194.0 \a\ 184.0 \a\ 211.0 \c\ 15.0 \c\ 15.0 \a\ 187.0 \a\ 177.0 \a\ 204.0 \c\ 15.0 \c\ 15.0
24-inch................................... \a\ 193.0 \a\ 181.0 \a\ 210.0 \c\ 15.0 \c\ 15.0 \a\ 186.0 \a\ 174.0 \a\ 203.0 \c\ 15.0 \c\ 15.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ U.S. Navy 2015.
\b\ Reyff et al., 2021.
\c\ Practical spreading loss model.
When the NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in
recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more
technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in
the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools
to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with
marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that
because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for
these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going
[[Page 31890]]
to be overestimates of some degree, which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment take. However, these tools offer the
best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D
modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways
to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address
the output where appropriate. For stationary sources (such as pile
driving), NMFS User Spreadsheet predicts the distance at which, if a
marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the
activity, it would incur PTS. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and
the resulting isopleths are reported below in Table 6.
Table 6--NMFS User Spreadsheet Inputs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-Inch 24-Inch (bubble 36-Inch 36-Inch (bubble
(unattenuated) curtain) (unattenuated) curtain)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
User Spreadsheet Input: Vibratory Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spreadsheet Tab Used............ A.1) Non-Impul, A.1) Non-Impul, A.1) Non-Impul, A.1) Non-Impul,
Stat, Cont. Stat, Cont. Stat, Cont. Stat, Cont.
Source Level (SPL RMS).......... 161............... 158.5............. 166............... 161.4.
Transmission Loss Coefficient... 15................ 15................ 15................ 15.
Weighting Factor Adjustment 2.5............... 2.5............... 2.5............... 2.5.
(kHz).
Time to install/remove single 45/75............. 45/75............. 45/75............. 45/75.
pile (minutes).
Piles to install/remove per day. 1/1............... 1-2/1-3........... 1/1............... 1-3/1-3.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
User Spreadsheet Input: Impact Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spreadsheet Tab Used............ E.1) Impact pile E.1) Impact pile E.1) Impact pile E.1) Impact pile
driving. driving. driving. driving.
Source Level (Single Strike/shot 181............... 174............... 184............... 177.
SEL).
Transmission Loss Coefficient... 15................ 15................ 15................ 15.
Weighting Factor Adjustment 2................. 2................. 2................. 2.
(kHz).
Number of strikes pile.......... 1000.............. 1000.............. 1000.............. 1000.
Piles per day................... 1................. 1................. 1................. 1.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To calculate the Level B harassment isopleths, NMFS considered
SPLrms source levels and the corresponding TL coefficients (dB rms;
Table 5) for impact and vibratory pile driving, respectively. The
resulting Level A harassment and Level B harassment isopleths are
presented in Table 7.
Table 7--Distances to Level A Harassment, by Hearing Group, and Level B Harassment Thresholds per Pile Type and Installation Method
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment (m) Level A
--------------------------------------------- harassment
Hammer type Piles areas Level B
Pile size Attenuation (installation/ per day (km\2\) all harassment
removal) LF MF HF PW OW hearing (m)
groups
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-inch......................... Bubble Curtain.... Vibratory 1 4 1 6 3 1 <0.01 2,631
(Installation).
2 7 1 9 4 1
Vibratory 1 6 1 8 4 1
(Removal).
3 12 1 17 7 1
Impact 1 251 9 299 135 10 <0.19 542
(Installation).
Unattenuated...... Vibratory 1 6 1 9 4 1 <0.01 3,861
(Installation).
Vibratory 1 8 1 12 5 1
(Removal).
Impact 1 735 27 876 394 29 <1.34 1,585
(Installation).
36-inch......................... Bubble Curtain.... Vibratory 1 6 1 9 4 1 <0.01 4,106
(Installation).
2 10 1 15 6 1
3 13 2 19 8 1
Vibratory 1 9 1 13 6 1
(Removal).
3 18 2 26 11 1
Impact 1 398 15 474 213 16 <0.76 631
(Installation).
Unattenuated...... Vibratory 1 13 2 18 8 1 <0.01 8,318
(Installation).
Vibratory 1 18 2 26 11 1
(Removal).
Impact 1 1,165 42 1,387 624 46 <3.14 1,848
(Installation).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine Mammal Occurrence and Take Estimation
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations.
For all species of cetaceans other than CIBWs, density data is not
available for upper Cook Inlet. Therefore, the POA relied on marine
mammal monitoring data collected during past POA projects. These data
cover the POAs construction season (April through November) across
multiple years. Calculations used to estimate exposure from pile
installation for all marine mammals is described below.
Humpback Whales
Sightings of humpback whales in the project area are rare, and the
potential risk of exposure of a humpback whale to sounds exceeding the
Level B harassment threshold is low. Few, if any, humpback whales are
expected to approach the project area. However, there were two
sightings in 2017 of what
[[Page 31891]]
was likely a single individual at the Ship Creek Boat Launch (ABR Inc.,
2017) which is located south of the project area. Based on these data,
the POA conservatively estimates that up to two individuals could be
behaviorally harassed during the 24 days of pile driving for the SFD.
This could include sighting a cow-calf pair on multiple days or
multiple sightings of single humpback whales. No Level A harassment
take of humpback whales is anticipated or proposed to be authorized.
Killer Whales
Few, if any, killer whales are expected to approach the project
area. No killer whales were sighted during previous monitoring programs
for the Knik Arm Crossing and POA construction projects, including the
2016 TPP or during Phase 1 of the PCT project in 20202. The infrequent
sightings of killer whales that are reported in upper Cook Inlet tend
to occur when their primary prey (anadromous fish for resident killer
whales and CIBWs for transient killer whales) are also in the area
(Shelden et al., 2003). Previous sightings of transient killer whales
have documented pod sizes in upper Cook Inlet between one and six
individuals (Shelden et al., 2003). The potential for exposure of
killer whales within the Level B harassment isopleths is anticipated to
be extremely low. Level B harassment take is conservatively estimated
at no more than one small pod (6 individuals). No Level A harassment
take for killer whales is anticipated or proposed to be authorized due
to the small Level A harassment zones (Table 7) and implementation of a
100 m shutdown which is larger than Level A harassment isopleths, and
described below in the Proposed Mitigation section.
Harbor Porpoise
Previous monitoring data at the POA were used to evaluate daily
sighting rates for harbor porpoises in the project area. During most
years of monitoring, no harbor porpoises were observed; however, during
Phase 1 of the PCT project (2020), 18 individuals (15 groups) were
observed near the POA, with group sizes ranging from 1-2 individuals.
The highest daily sighting rate for any recorded year during pile
installation and removal associated with the PCT was an average of 0.09
harbor porpoise per day during 2009 construction monitoring, but this
value may not account for increased sightings in Upper Cook Inlet or
range extensions (Shelden et al., 2014). Therefore, the POA estimates
that one harbor porpoise could be observed every 2 days of pile
driving. Based on this assumption, the POA has requested, and NMFS is
proposing to authorize, twelve Level B harassment exposures during the
24 days of pile driving.
Harbor porpoises are relatively small cetaceans that move at high
velocities, which can make their detection and identification at great
distances difficult. Despite this, PSOs during Phase 1 PCT construction
monitoring (2020) were able to detect harbor porpoises as far as 6,486
m from the PCT, indicating that the monitoring methods detailed in the
Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT construction (85 FR 19294), (and
described below in the Proposed Mitigation section for the SFD) allowed
for harbor porpoises to be detected at great distances. Therefore, no
Level A harassment take for harbor porpoises is anticipated or proposed
to be authorized for the SFD. The POA anticipates that the majority of
piles will be driven using vibratory methods. Using the NMFS User
Spreadsheet, vibratory driving 24-inch and 36-inch piles results in
Level A harassment isopleths that are smaller than the proposed 100 m
shutdown zone, described below in the Proposed Mitigation section (<=26
m; Table 7). The Level A harassment isopleths calculated using the NMFS
User Spreadsheet for impact driving 24-inch and 36-inch piles are
larger than this 100-m shutdown zone (<=1,387 m; Table 7); however,
Level A harassment isopleths consider long durations and harbor
porpoise are likely moving through the area, if present, not lingering.
Further few harbor porpoises are expected to approach the project area
and are likely to be sighted prior to entering the Level A harassment
zone. During Phase 1 PCT construction monitoring (2020) only five
harbor porpoises were observed near the PCT and within the largest
Level A harassment zone for SFD (1,387 m; Table 7). Given that the POA
anticipates that only a small number of piles (up to five), may be
driven with an impact hammer (requiring up to 20 minutes of impact
installation each at 1 pile per day), the likelihood that harbor
porpoises will be in these larger zones is minimized. Accounting for
measures described below in the Proposed Mitigation section below and
the low likelihood that individual harbor porpoises would appear
undetected within the Level A harassment zones, we agree with the POA
and do not authorize any Level A harassment takes of harbor porpoises
during the construction of the SFD.
Steller Sea Lion
Steller sea lions are anticipated to be encountered in low numbers,
if at all, within the project area. Three sightings of what was likely
a single individual occurred in the project area in 2009, two sightings
occurred in 2016, one occurred in 2019, and up to six individuals were
observed in 2020 (4 in May and 2 in June). Based on observations in
2016, the POA anticipates an exposure rate of two individuals every 19
days during SFD pile installation and removal. Based on this rate, the
POA anticipates that there could be up to four harassment exposures of
Steller sea lions during the 24 days of SFD pile installation and
removal.
Sea lions are known to travel at high speeds, in rapidly changing
directions, and have the potential to be counted multiple times.
Because of this the POA anticipates that, despite all precautions, sea
lions could enter the Level A harassment zone before a shutdown could
be fully implemented. For example, in 2016 during the POA Test Pile
Program, a Steller sea lion was first sighted next to a work boat and
within the Level A harassment zone. Nine PSOs had been monitoring for
the presence of marine mammals near the construction activities at this
time, but they did not observe the approaching sea lion. Sea lions are
known to be curious and willing to approach human activity closely, and
they can swim with a low profile. The incident was recorded as a Level
A harassment take and raises concern for the POA that a sighting of a
Steller sea lion within the Level A harassment zones, while unlikely,
could occur. While Level A harassment takes are unlikely given the low
likelihood of sea lions in the project area, the small Level A
harassment isopleths (<46 m; Table 7), and the proposed mitigation
measures, including the implementation of shutdown zones and the use of
PSOs, we propose to authorize the POA's request that a small number of
Steller sea lions could be exposed to Level A harassment levels.
Therefore, we propose that two Steller sea lions could be exposed to
Level A harassment levels and 2 Steller sea lions could be exposed to
Level B harassment levels.
Harbor Seals
No known harbor seal haulout or pupping sites occur in the vicinity
of the POA; therefore, exposure of harbor seals to in-air noise is not
considered in this application, and no take for in-air exposure is
requested. Harbor seals are not known to reside in the project area,
but they are seen regularly near the
[[Page 31892]]
mouth of Ship Creek when salmon are running, from July through
September. With the exception of newborn pups, all ages and sexes of
harbor seals could occur in the project area during construction of the
SFD. Any harassment of harbor seals during pile installation would
involve a limited number of individuals that may potentially swim
through the project area or linger near Ship Creek.
Marine mammal monitoring data were used to examine hourly sighting
rates for harbor seals in the project area. Sighting rates of harbor
seals were highly variable and appeared to have increased during
monitoring between 2005 and 2020 (See Table 4-1 in POA's application).
It is unknown whether any potential increase was due to local
population increases or habituation to ongoing construction activities.
The highest monthly hourly sighting rate (rounded) observed during
previous monitoring at the POA was used to quantify take of harbor
seals for pile installation associated with the SFD. This occurred in
2020 during Phase 1 PCT construction monitoring, when harbor seals were
observed from May through September. A total of 340 harbor seals were
observed over 1,237.7 hours of monitoring, at a rate of 0.3 harbor
seals per hour. The maximum monthly hourly sighting rate occurred in
September and was 0.51 harbor seals per hour. Based on these data, the
POA estimates that approximately 1 harbor seal may be observed near the
project per hour of hammer use. During the 21 hours of anticipated pile
installation and removal, the POA estimates that up 21 harbor seals
will be exposed to in-water noise levels exceeding harassment
thresholds for pile installation and removal during SFD construction.
All efforts will be taken to shut down prior to a harbor seal
entering the 100-m shutdown zone and prior to a harbor seal entering
the Level A harassment zones. However, harbor seals often are curious
of onshore activities, and previous monitoring suggests that this
species may mill at the mouth of Ship Creek. It is important to note
that the mouth of Ship Creek is about 700 m from the southern end of
the SFD and is outside the Level A harassment zones for harbor seals
during both unattenuated and attenuated vibratory and impact pile
installation and removal (Table 7). While exposure is anticipated to be
minimized because pile installation and removal will occur
intermittently over the short construction period, the POA is
requesting Level A harassment take for a small number of harbor seals,
given the potential difficulty of detecting harbor seals and their
consistent use of the area. Given that 30 harbor seals (8.6 percent) of
all harbor seals and unidentified pinnipeds were detected within 624 m,
the largest Level A harassment zone for SFD, during PCT Phase 1
construction monitoring (61 North Environmental, 2021), POA requests
and NMFS proposes to authorize that two harbor seals (8.6 percent of 21
exposures rounded up) could be exposed to Level A harassment levels and
19 harbor seals could be exposed to Level B harassment levels.
Beluga Whales
For CIBWs, we looked at several sources of information on marine
mammal occurrence in upper Cook Inlet to determine how best to estimate
the potential for exposure to pile driving noise from the SFD Project.
In their application, the POA estimated Level B harassment take
following methods outlined in the PCT final IHA (85 FR 19294), which
relies on monitoring data of CIBWs published in Kendall and Cornick
(2015). For the SFD application, POA also considered monitoring data of
CIBWs collected during Phase 1 of the PCT project (61 North
Environmental, 2021). These data sets (Kendall and Cornick, 2015, and
61 North Environmental, 2021) cover all months the POA may be
conducting pile driving for the SFD and they are based on all animals
observed during scientific monitoring within the proximity of the SFD
regardless of distance. Hourly sighting rates for CIBWs for each
calendar month were calculated using documented hours of observation
and CIBW sightings from April through November for 2005, 2006, 2008 and
2009 (Kendall and Cornick, 2015) and 2020 (61 North Environmental,
2021) (Table 8). The highest calculated monthly hourly sighting rate of
0.94 whales per hour was used to calculate potential CIBW exposures (21
hours of pile installation and removal multiplied by 0.94 whales/hour).
Using this method, the POA estimated that 20 CIBWs (rounded from 19.75)
could be exposed to the Level B harassment level during pile
installation and removal associated with the construction of the SFD.
These calculations assume no mitigation and that all animals observed
would enter a given Level B harassment zone during pile driving.
Table 8--Summary of CIBWs Sighting Data From April-November 2005-2009 and April-November 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Month Total hours Total groups Total whales Whales/hour
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
April........................................... 52.50 13 35 0.67
May............................................. 457.40 53 208 0.45
June............................................ 597.77 37 122 0.20
July............................................ 552.67 14 27 0.05
August.......................................... 577.30 120 543 0.94
September....................................... 533.03 124 445 0.83
October......................................... 450.70 9 22 0.05
November........................................ 346.63 52 272 0.78
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data compiled from Kendall and Cornick (2015) and (61 North Environmental, 2021).
To more accurately estimate potential exposures than simply using
the monthly sighting rate data, which does not account for any
mitigation, POA followed methods described by NMFS for the PCT Final
IHA (85 FR 19294), which looked at previous monitoring results at the
POA in relation to authorized take numbers. Between 2008 and 2012, NMFS
authorized 34 CIBW takes per year to POA, with mitigation measures
similar to the measures proposed here. The percent of the authorized
takes documented during this time period ranged from 12 to 59 percent
with an average of 36 percent (Table 9). In 2020, NMFS authorized 55
CIBW takes in Phase 1 of the PCT project, with mitigation and
monitoring measures that are consistent with those proposed for the SFD
and described below in the Proposed Mitigation section. The percent of
the authorized takes that were documented was 47 percent (26 out of 55
exposures; 61 North Environmental, 2021; Table 9). Given that there was
extensive monitoring occurring across all IHAs (with effort intensified
in 2020), we
[[Page 31893]]
believe there is little potential that animals were taken but not
observed.
Table 9--Authorized and Reported CIBW Takes During POA Activities From 2009-2012 and 2020
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent of
ITA effective dates Reported takes Authorized authorized
takes takes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 July 2008-14 July 2009....................................... 12 34 35
15 July 2009-14 July 2010....................................... 20 34 59
15 July 2010-14 July 2011....................................... 13 34 38
15 July 2011-14 July 2012....................................... 4 34 12
1 April 2020-31 March 2021...................................... 26 55 47
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As described in the POA's application and in more detail in the
Proposed Mitigation section, mitigation measures have been designed to
reduce Level B harassment take as well avoid Level A harassment take.
We recognize that in certain situations, pile driving may not be able
to be shut down prior to whales entering the Level B harassment zone
due to safety concerns. During previous monitoring, sometimes CIBWs
were initially sighted outside of the harassment zone and shutdown was
called, but the CIBWs swam into the harassment zone before activities
could be halted, and exposure within the harassment zone occurred. For
example, on September 14, 2009, a construction observer sighted a CIBW
just outside the harassment zone, moving quickly towards the 1,300 m
Level B harassment zone during vibratory pile driving. The animal
entered the harassment zone before construction activity could be shut
down (ICRC, 2010). On other occasions, CIBWs were initially observed
when they surfaced within the harassment zone. For example, on November
4, 2009, 15 CIBWs were initially sighted approximately 950 m north of
the project site near the shore, and then they surfaced in the Level B
harassment zone during vibratory pile driving (ICRC, 2010).
Construction activities were immediately shut down, but the 15 CIBWs
were nevertheless exposed within the Level B harassment zone. During
Phase 1 of the PCT project all of the recorded takes (n = 26) were
instances where the whales were first sighted within the Level B
harassment zone, prompting shutdown procedures. Most of these exposures
(21 of 26) occurred when the CIBWs first appeared near the northern
station, just south of Cairn Point (61 North Environmental, 2021). For
example, on November 21, 2020 one CIBW was sighted in front of the
north PSO station, located just south of Cairn Point, traveling south
during vibratory removal of an attenuated 36-inch pile and a shutdown
was called immediately (61 North Environmental, 2021). In 2020, the
northern station did not have visibility of the near shoreline north of
Cairn Point. As a result, CIBWs traveling south during ebb tides around
Cairn Point were often inside of the Level B harassment zone upon first
sighting (61 North Environmental, 2021). As described below in the
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting section, mitigation and monitoring
approaches for the SFD project are modeled after the stipulations
outlined in the Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT construction (85
FR 19294), but one of the PSO stations will be moved to enhance
visibility to the north, especially near Cairn point. Therefore, we
believe the ability to detect whales and shut down prior to them
entering the Level B harassment zones will be better or consistent with
previous years.
To account for these mitigation measures, the POA then applied the
highest percentage of previous takes (59 percent) to ensure potential
impacts to CIBWs are adequately evaluated. After applying this
adjustment to account for potential exposures of CIBWs that would be
avoided by shutting down, the POA estimated that 12 CIBWs (20 whales *
0.59 = 11.80 whales; 12 rounded up) may be exposed to Level B
harassment during pile installation and removal. The POA and NMFS are
concerned, however, that this approach does not accurately reflect the
reality that CIBWs can travel in large groups. Large groups of CIBWs
have been seen swimming through the POA vicinity during POA monitoring
efforts. For example, during Phase 1 of the PCT, the mean group size
was 4.34 whales; however, 52 percent of observations were of groups
greater than the mean group size, with 5 percent of those 119 groups
being larger than 12 individuals, the number of exposures proposed by
POA (61 North Environmental, 2021).
To ensure that a large group of CIBWs would not result in the POA
using the majority or all of their take in one or two sightings, POA
buffered the exposure estimate detailed in the preceding by adding the
estimated size of a notional large group of CIBWs. The 95th percentile
is commonly used in statistics to evaluate risk. Therefore, to
determine the most appropriate size of a large group, the POA
calculated the 95 percentile group size of CIBWs observed during
Kendall and Cornick (2015) and 2020 Phase 1 PCT construction monitoring
(61 North Environmental, 2021); the same data used above to derive
hourly sighting rates (Table 8 and Figure 3). In this case, the 95th
percentile provides a conservative value that reduces the risk to the
POA of taking a large group of CIBWs and exceeding authorized take
levels. The 95th percentile of group size for the Kendall and Cornick
(2015) and the PCT Phase 1 monitoring data (61 North Environmental,
2021) is 12.0. This means that, of the 422 documented CIBW groups in
these data sets, 95 percent consisted of fewer than 12.0 whales; 5
percent of the groups consisted of more than 12.0. Considering large
group size, the POA requests and we propose to authorize 24 takes
(accounting for the 12 takes calculated following the methods outlined
for the PCT project that accounts for mitigation plus a group size of
12) of CIBWs incidental to pile driving for the SFD. Incorporation of
large groups into the CIBW exposure estimate is intended to reduce risk
to the POA of the unintentional take of a larger number of belugas than
would be authorized by using the proposed methods alone and thus
improve our estimate of exposure. No Level A harassment is expected or
proposed given the small Level A harassment zones for CIBWs (Table 7)
and the additional mitigation measures described in the Proposed
Mitigation section below specific to CIBWs, including the measure that
pile driving activities must shut down when any CIBW enters the
relevant Level B harassment zone.
[[Page 31894]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN15JN21.015
In summary, the total amount of Level A harassment and Level B
harassment proposed to be authorized for each marine mammal stock is
presented in Table 10.
Table 10--Proposed Amount of Take, by Stock and Harassment Type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed authorized take
Species Stock -------------------------------- Percent of
Level A Level B stock
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale........................ Western N Pacific....... 0 2 0.19
Beluga whale.......................... Cook Inlet.............. 0 24 8.60
Killer whale.......................... Transient/Alaska 0 6 1.02/0.26
Resident.
Harbor porpoise....................... Gulf of Alaska.......... 0 12 0.04
Steller sea lion...................... Western................. 2 2 <0.01
Harbor seal........................... Cook Inlet/Shelikof..... 2 19 0.07
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting the
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned); and
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
The POA presented mitigation measures in Section 11 of their
[[Page 31895]]
application that were modeled after the stipulations outlined in the
Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT construction (85 FR 19294),
which were successful in minimizing the total number and duration of
Level B harassment exposures for endangered CIBWs during Phase 1 PCT
Construction (61 North Environmental, 2021). These measures both reduce
noise into the aquatic environment and reduce the potential for CIBWs
to be adversely impacted from any unavoidable noise exposure.
A key mitigation measure NMFS considered for this project is
reducing noise levels propagating into the environment. The POA will
deploy an unconfined bubble curtain system during installation and
removal of plumb (vertical) 24- and 36-inch piles with a vibratory or
impact hammer. An unconfined bubble curtain is composed of an air
compressor(s), supply lines to deliver the air, distribution manifolds
or headers, perforated aeration pipe, and a frame. The frame
facilitates transport and placement of the system, keeps the aeration
pipes stable, and provides ballast to counteract the buoyancy of the
aeration pipes in operation. The air is released through a series of
vertically distributed bubble rings that create a cloud of bubbles that
act to impede and scatter sound, lowering the sound velocity. A
compressor provides a continuous supply of compressed air, which is
distributed among the layered bubble rings. Air is released from small
holes in the bubble rings to create a curtain of air bubbles
surrounding the pile. The curtain of air bubbles floating to the
surface inhibits the transmission of pile installation sounds into the
surrounding water column. The final design of the bubble curtain will
be determined by the Construction Contractor based on factors such as
water depth, current velocities, and pile sizes. However, the proposed
IHA requires the bubble curtain be operated in a manner consistent with
the following performance standards:
The aeration pipe system will consist of multiple layers
of perforated pipe rings, stacked vertically in accordance with the
following depths: Two layers for water depths <5 m; four layers for
water depths 5 m to <10 m; seven layers for water depths 10 m to <15 m;
ten layers for water depths 15 m to <20 m; and thirteen layers for
water depths 20 m to <25 m;
The pipes in all layers will be arranged in a geometric
pattern that will allow for the pile being driven to be completely
enclosed by bubbles for the full depth of the water column and with a
radial dimension such that the rings are no more than 0.5 m from the
outside surface of the pile;
The lowest layer of perforated aeration pipe will be
designed to ensure contact with the substrate without burial and will
accommodate sloped conditions;
Air holes will be 1.6 millimeters (\1/16\ inch) in
diameter and will be spaced approximately 20 millimeters (\3/4\ inch)
apart. Air holes with this size and spacing will be placed in four
adjacent rows along the pipe to provide uniform bubble flux;
The system will provide a bubble flux of 3 cubic meters
(m\3\) per minute per linear meter of pipe in each layer (32.91 cubic
feet (ft\3\) per minute per linear foot of pipe in each layer). The
total volume of air per layer is the product of the bubble flux and the
circumference of the ring using the formula: Vt = 3.0 m\3\/min/m *
Circumference of the aeration ring in meters or Vt = 32.91 ft\3\/min/ft
* Circumference of the aeration ring in feet; and
Meters must be provided as follows:
[cir] Pressure meters must be installed at all inlets to aeration
pipelines and at points of lowest pressure in each branch of the
aeration pipeline;
[cir] Flow meters must be installed in the main line at each
compressor and at each branch of the aeration pipelines at each inlet.
In applications where the feed line from the compressor is continuous
from the compressor to the aeration pipe inlet, the flow meter at the
compressor can be eliminated; and
[cir] Flow meters must be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendation based on either laminar flow or non-laminar flow.
The bubble curtain will be used during installation and removal of
all plumb piles when water depth is great enough (approximately 3 m) to
deploy the bubble curtain. A bubble curtain will not be used with the
two battered piles due to the angle of installation. It is important to
note that a small number of piles could be installed or removed when
the pile location is de-watered (no water present) or when the water is
too shallow (<=3 m) to deploy the bubble curtain. The tides at the POA
have a mean range of about 8.0 m (26 ft) (NOAA, 2015), and low water
levels will prevent proper deployment and function of the bubble
curtain system. Piles that are driven at a location that is de-watered
will not use a bubble curtain, and marine mammal harassment zones will
not be monitored. When piles are installed or removed in water without
a bubble curtain because the pile orientation is battered, or if water
is too shallow (<=3 m) to deploy the bubble curtain, the unattenuated
Level A and Level B harassment zones for that hammer type and pile size
will be implemented.
In addition to noise attenuation devices, POA and NMFS considered
practicable work restrictions. Given the extensive Level B harassment
zone generated from the installation of the two unattenuated battered
piles, vibratory driving these large piles during peak CIBW season
poses an amount of risk and uncertainty to the degree that it should be
minimized. This August and September peak is confirmed through acoustic
monitoring (Castellote et al., 2020) and Phase 1 PCT construction
monitoring (61 North Environmental, 2021). Castellote et al. (2020) for
example indicate CIBWs appeared concentrated in the upper inlet year-
round, but particularly feeding in river mouths from April-December,
shifting their geographical foraging preferences from the Susitna River
region towards Knik Arm in mid-August, and dispersing towards the mid
inlet throughout the winter. Further, hourly sighting rates calculated
from monitoring data from Kendall and Cornick (2015) and Phase 1 of the
PCT (61 North Environmental, 2021) were highest in August and September
(0.94 and 0.83, respectively; Table 8). Therefore, vibratory driving
unattenuated battered piles (which have, by far, the largest Level B
harassment zones) will not occur during August or September. Further,
to minimize the potential for overlapping sound fields from multiple
stressors, the POA will not simultaneously operate two vibratory
hammers for either pile installation or removal. This measure is
designed to reduce simultaneous in-water noise exposure. Because impact
hammers will not likely be dropping at the same time, and to expedite
construction of the project to minimize pile driving during peak CIBW
abundance periods, NMFS is not proposing to restrict the operation of
two impact hammers at the same time. Given the small size of the
project and the plan to primarily drive hammers with a vibratory
hammer, the POA has indicated that it is highly unlikely that an impact
hammer and vibratory hammer or two impact hammers would operate
simultaneously during the SFD project.
Additional mitigation measures include the following, modeled after
the stipulations outlined in the Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase 2 PCT
construction (85 FR 19294):
For in-water construction involving heavy machinery activities
other than pile driving (e.g., use of barge-mounted
[[Page 31896]]
excavators), the POA will cease operations and reduce vessel speed to
the minimum level required to maintain steerage and safe working
conditions if a marine mammal approaches within 10 m of the equipment
or vessel.
POA must use soft start techniques when impact pile driving. Soft
start requires contractors to provide an initial set of three strikes
at reduced energy, followed by a thirty-second waiting period, then two
subsequent reduced energy strike sets. A soft start must be implemented
at the start of each day's impact pile driving and at any time
following cessation of impact pile driving for a period of thirty
minutes or longer. Soft starts will not be used for vibratory pile
installation and removal. PSOs shall begin observing for marine mammals
30 minutes before ``soft start'' or in-water pile installation or
removal begins.
The POA will conduct briefings for construction supervisors and
crews, the monitoring team, and POA staff prior to the start of all
pile installation and removal, and when new personnel join the work in
order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, the marine
mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
The POA will employ PSOs per the Marine Mammal Monitoring Plan (see
Appendix A in the POA's application).
Marine mammal monitoring will take place from 30 minutes prior to
initiation of pile installation and removal through 30 minutes post-
completion of pile installation and removal. The Level B harassment
zone must be fully visible for 30 minutes before the zone can be
considered clear. Pile driving will commence when observers have
declared the shutdown zone clear of marine mammals or the mitigation
measures developed specifically for CIBWs (below) are satisfied. In the
event of a delay or shutdown of activity, marine mammal behavior will
be monitored and documented until the marine mammals leave the shutdown
zone of their own volition, at which point pile installation or removal
will begin. Further, NMFS requires that if pile driving has ceased for
more than 30 minutes within a day and monitoring is not occurring
during this break, another 30-minute pre-pile driving observation
period is required before pile driving may commence.
If a marine mammal is entering or is observed within an established
Level A harassment zone or shutdown zone, pile installation and removal
will be halted or delayed. Pile driving will not commence or resume
until either the animal has voluntarily left and been visually
confirmed 100 m beyond the shutdown zone and on a path away from such
zone, or 15 minutes (non- CIBWs) or 30 minutes (CIBWs) have passed
without subsequent detections.
If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or a
species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized
takes are met, is observed approaching or within the Level B harassment
zone, pile installation and removal will shut down immediately. Pile
driving will not resume until the animal has been confirmed to have
left the area or the 30 minute observation period has elapsed.
In addition to these measures which greatly reduce the potential
for harassment of all marine mammals and establish shutdown zones that
realistically reflect non-CIBW whale detectability, the following
additional mitigation measures have been proposed which would ensure
valuable protection and conservation of CIBWs:
Prior to the onset of pile driving, should a CIBW be observed
approaching the mouth of Knik Arm, pile driving will be delayed. An in-
bound pre-clearance line extends from Point Woronzof to approximately
2.5 kms west of Point McKenzie. Pile driving may commence once the
whale(s) moves at least 100 m past the Level B harassment zone or pre-
clearance zone (whichever is larger) and on a path away from the zone.
A similar pre-pile driving clearance zone will be established to the
north of the POA (from Cairn Point to the opposite bank), allowing
whales to leave Knik Arm undisturbed. Similar to the in-bound whale
clearance zone, pile driving may not commence until a whale(s) moves at
least 100 m past the Level B harassment zone or pre-clearance zone
(whichever is larger) and on a path away from the zone. If non-CIBW
whale species are observed within or likely to enter the Level B
harassment zone prior to pile driving, the POA may commence pile
driving but only if those animals are outside the 100 m shutdown zone
and Level B harassment takes have not been exceeded.
If pile installation or removal has commenced, and a CIBW(s) is
observed within or likely to enter the Level B harassment zone, pile
installation or removal will shut down and not re-commence until the
whale has traveled at least 100 m beyond the Level B harassment zone
and is on a path away from such zone or until no CIBW has been observed
in the Level B harassment zone for 30 minutes.
There may be situations where it is not possible to monitor the
entire Level B harassment zone (e.g., during vibratory hammering of two
unattenuated battered piles). In these cases, the pre-clearance zone
remains applicable.
If during installation and removal of piles, PSOs can no longer
effectively monitor the entirety of the CIBW Level B harassment zone
due to environmental conditions (e.g., fog, rain, wind), pile driving
may continue only until the current segment of pile is driven; no
additional sections of pile or additional piles may be driven until
conditions improve such that the Level B harassment zone can be
effectively monitored. If the Level B harassment zone cannot be
monitored for more than 15 minutes, the entire Level B harassment zone
will be cleared again for 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density);
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
[[Page 31897]]
action; or (4) biological or behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age,
calving or feeding areas);
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks;
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat); and
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
The POA will implement a marine mammal monitoring and mitigation
strategy intended to avoid and minimize impacts to marine mammals (see
Appendix A in the POA's application). The marine mammal monitoring and
mitigation program that is planned for SFD construction will be modeled
after the stipulations outlined in the Final IHAs for Phase 1 and Phase
2 PCT construction (85 FR 19294). The POA will collect electronic data
on marine mammal sightings and any behavioral responses to in-water
pile installation or removal for species observed during pile
installation and removal associated with the SFD Project. Four PSO
teams will work concurrently to provide full coverage for marine mammal
monitoring in rotating shifts during in-water pile installation and
removal. All PSOs will be trained in marine mammal identification and
behaviors. NMFS will review submitted PSO CVs and indicate approval as
warranted.
All PSOs will also undergo project-specific training, which will
include training in monitoring, data collection, theodolite operation,
and mitigation procedures specific to the SFD Project. This training
will also include site-specific health and safety procedures,
communication protocols, and supplemental training in marine mammal
identification and data collection specific to the SFD Project.
Training will include hands-on use of required field equipment to
ensure that all equipment is working and PSOs know how to use the
equipment.
The POA proposes that eleven PSOs will be distributed at four
stations: Anchorage Downtown Viewpoint near Point Woronzof, the
Anchorage Public Boat Dock at Ship Creek, the SFD Project site, and the
north end of POA property. These locations were chosen to maximize CIBW
detection outside of Knik Arm and the mouth of Knik Arm. Specifically,
PSOs at Port Woronzof will have unencumbered views of the entrance to
Knik Arm and can provide information on CIBW group dynamics (e.g.,
group size, demographics, etc.) and behavior of animals approaching
Knik Arm in the absence of and during pile driving. During the time
since the POA submitted their final application, observers for the 2020
PCT Phase 1 project have recommended, and NMFS has included in the
proposed IHA, that the Ship Creek station be moved about 40 m to the
end of the promontory to enhance visibility to the north, especially
near Cairn point. The POA also considered moving a station from the POA
property to Port MacKenzie for an improved view of CIBWs moving from
north to south within Knik Arm. However, Port MacKenzie is not an
available option due to logistical reasons; therefore, the northern
station will remain located on POA property.
Each of the PSO stations will be outfitted with a cargo container
with an observation platform constructed on top. This additional
elevation provides better viewing conditions for seeing distant marine
mammals than from ground level and provides the PSOs with protection
from weather. At least two PSOs will be on watch at any given time at
each station; one PSO will be observing, one PSO will be recording data
(and observing when there are no data to record). The station at the
SFD site will have at least two PSOs. The northern and southern
observations stations will have PSOs who will work in three- to four-
person teams. Teams of three will include one PSO who will be
observing, one PSO who will be recording data (and observing when there
are no data to record), and one PSO who will be resting. When
available, a fourth PSO will assist with scanning, increasing scan
intensity and the likelihood of detecting marine mammals. PSOs will
work on a 60 minute rotation cycle and may observe for no more than 4
hours at time and no more than 12 hours per day. In addition, if POA is
conducting non-PCT-related in-water work that includes PSOs, the PCT
PSOs must be in real-time contact with those PSOs, and both sets of
PSOs must share all information regarding marine mammal sightings with
each other.
Trained PSOs will have no other construction-related tasks or
responsibilities while conducting monitoring for marine mammals.
Observations will be carried out using combinations of equipment that
include 7 by 50 binoculars, 20x/40x tripod mounted binoculars, 25 by
150 ``big eye'' tripod mounted binoculars (North End, Ship Creek, and
Woronzof), and theodolites. PSOs will be responsible for monitoring the
100 m shutdown zone, the Level A harassment zones, the Level B
harassment zones, and the pre-clearance zones, as well as effectively
documenting Level A and Level B harassment take. They will also (1)
report on the frequency at which marine mammals are present in the
project area, (2) report on behavior and group composition near the
POA, (3) record all construction activities, and (4) report on observed
reactions (changes in behavior or movement) of marine mammals during
each sighting. Observers will monitor for marine mammals during all in-
water pile installation and removal associated with the SFD Project.
Once pile installation and removal are completed for the day, marine
mammal observations will continue for 30 minutes. Observers will work
in collaboration with the POA to immediately communicate the presence
of marine mammals prior to or during pile installation or removal.
A draft report, including all electronic data collected and
summarized from all monitoring locations, must be submitted to NMFS'
MMPA program within 90 days of the completion of monitoring efforts.
The report must include: Dates and times (begin and end) of all marine
mammal monitoring; a description of daily construction activities,
weather parameters and water conditions during each monitoring period;
number of marine mammals observed, by species, distances and bearings
of each marine mammal observed to the pile being driven or removed, age
and sex class, if possible; number of individuals of each species
(differentiated by month as appropriate) detected within the Level A
harassment zones, the Level B harassment zones, and the shutdown zones,
and estimates of number of marine mammals taken, by species (a
correction factor may be applied); description of mitigation
implemented, and description of attempts to distinguish between the
number of individual animals taken and the number of incidences of
take. A final marine mammal monitoring report will be prepared and
submitted to NMFS within 30 days following receipt of comments on the
draft report from NMFS.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
[[Page 31898]]
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the
lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or
survival (i.e., population-level effects). An estimate of the number of
takes alone is not enough information on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through harassment, NMFS
considers other factors, such as the likely nature of any responses
(e.g., intensity, duration), the context of any responses (e.g.,
critical reproductive time or location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness of the mitigation. We also
assess the number, intensity, and context of estimated takes by
evaluating this information relative to population status. Consistent
with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing regulations (54 FR 40338;
September 29, 1989), the impacts from other past and ongoing
anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as reflected in the
regulatory status of the species, population size and growth rate where
known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or ambient noise
levels).
To avoid repetition, the discussion of our analyses applies to all
the species listed in Table 10 for which we authorized take, other than
CIBWs, as the anticipated effects the POAs activities on marine mammals
are expected to be relatively similar in nature. For CIBWs, there are
meaningful differences in anticipated individual responses to
activities, impact of expected take on CIBWs, or impacts on habitat;
therefore, we provide a supplemental analysis for CIBWs, independent of
the other species for which we authorize take.
NMFS has identified key factors which may be employed to assess the
level of analysis necessary to conclude whether potential impacts
associated with a specified activity should be considered negligible.
These include (but are not limited to) the type and magnitude of
taking, the amount and importance of the available habitat for the
species or stock that is affected, the duration of the anticipated
effect to the species or stock, and the status of the species or stock.
The following factors support negligible impact determinations for the
affected stocks of humpback whales, killer whales, harbor porpoise,
harbor seals, and Steller sea lions. The potential effects of the
proposed actions on these species are discussed above. Some of these
factors also apply to CIBWs; however, a more detailed analysis for
CIBWs is provided below.
No takes by mortality or serious injury are anticipated or
authorized;
The number of total takes (by Level A and Level B
harassment) are less than 2 percent of the best available abundance
estimates for all stocks;
Take would not occur in places and/or times where take
would be more likely to accrue to impacts on reproduction or survival,
such as within ESA-designated or proposed critical habitat,
biologically important areas (BIA), or other habitats critical to
recruitment or survival (e.g., rookery);
Take would occur over a short timeframe (i.e., up to 21
total hours spread over nine to 24 non-consecutive days), and would be
limited to the short duration a marine mammal would likely be present
within a Level B harassment zone during pile driving. This short
timeframe minimizes the probability of multiple exposures on
individuals, and any repeated exposures that do occur are not expected
to occur on sequential days, decreasing the likelihood of physiological
impacts caused by chronic stress or sustained energetic impacts that
might affect survival or reproductive success;
Any impacts to marine mammal habitat from pile driving
(including to prey sources as well as acoustic habitat, e.g., from
masking) are expected to be temporary and minimal; and
Take would only occur within upper Cook Inlet--a limited,
confined area of any given stock's home range.
For CIBWs, we further discuss our negligible impact findings in the
context of potential impacts to this endangered stock. As described in
the Recovery Plan for the CIBW (NMFS, 2016a), NMFS determined the
following physical or biological features are essential to the
conservation of this species: (1) Intertidal and subtidal waters of
Cook Inlet with depths less than 30 feet mean lower low water (9.1 m)
and within 5 mi (8 km) of high and medium flow anadromous fish streams;
(2) Primary prey species consisting of four species of Pacific salmon
(Chinook, sockeye, chum, and coho), Pacific eulachon, Pacific cod,
walleye pollock, saffron cod, and yellowfin sole, (3) Waters free of
toxins or other agents of a type and amount harmful to CIBWs, (4)
Unrestricted passage within or between the critical habitat areas, and
(5) Waters with in-water noise below levels resulting in the
abandonment of critical habitat areas by CIBWs. The SFD would not
impact essential features 1-3 listed above. All construction would be
done in a manner implementing best management practices to preserve
water quality, and no work would occur around creek mouths or river
systems leading to prey abundance reductions. In addition, no physical
structures would restrict passage; however, impacts to the acoustic
habitat are of concern. Previous marine mammal monitoring data at the
POA demonstrate CIBWs indeed pass by the POA during pile driving (e.g.,
61 North Environmental, 2021). As described above, there was no
significant difference in CIBW sighting rate with and in the absence of
pile driving (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). However, CIBWs do swim faster
and in tighter formation in the presence of pile driving (Kendall and
Cornick, 2015).
Previously there has been concern that exposure to pile driving at
the POA could result in CIBWs avoiding Knik Arm and thereby not
accessing the productive foraging grounds north of POA such as Eagle
River flats based on the proposed project and mitigation measures--
thus, impacting essential feature number 5 above (85 FR 19294).
Although the data previously presented demonstrate whales are not
abandoning the area (i.e., no significant difference in sighting rate
with and without pile driving), results of a recent expert elicitation
(EE) at a 2016 workshop, which predicted the impacts of noise on CIBW
survival and reproduction given lost foraging opportunities, helped to
inform our assessment of impacts on this stock. The 2016 EE workshop
used conceptual models of an interim population consequences of
disturbance (PCoD) for marine mammals (NRC, 2005; New et al., 2014,
Tollit et al., 2016) to help in understanding how noise-related
stressors might affect vital rates (survival, birth rate and growth)
for CIBW (King et al., 2015). NMFS (2015, section IX.D--CI Beluga
Hearing, Vocalization, and Noise Supplement) suggests that the main
direct effects of noise on CIBW are likely to be through masking of
vocalizations used for communication and prey location and habitat
degradation. The 2016 workshop on CIBWs was specifically designed to
provide regulators with a tool to help understand whether chronic and
acute anthropogenic noise from various sources and projects are likely
to be limiting recovery of the CIBW population. The full report can be
found at https://www.smruconsulting.com/publications/ with a summary of
the expert elicitation portion of the workshop below.
For each of the noise effect mechanisms chosen for expert
elicitation, the experts provided a set of
[[Page 31899]]
parameters and values that determined the forms of a relationship
between the number of days of disturbance a female CIBW experiences in
a particular period and the effect of that disturbance on her energy
reserves. Examples included the number of days of disturbance during
the period April, May, and June that would be predicted to reduce the
energy reserves of a pregnant CIBW to such a level that she is certain
to terminate the pregnancy or abandon the calf soon after birth, the
number of days of disturbance in the period April-September required to
reduce the energy reserves of a lactating CIBW to a level where she is
certain to abandon her calf, and the number of days of disturbance
where a female fails to gain sufficient energy by the end of summer to
maintain themselves and their calves during the subsequent winter.
Overall, median values ranged from 16 to 69 days of disturbance
depending on the question. However, for this elicitation, a ``day of
disturbance'' was defined as any day on which an animal loses the
ability to forage for at least one tidal cycle (i.e., it forgoes 50-100
percent of its energy intake on that day). The day of disturbance
considered in the context of the report is notably more severe than the
Level B harassment expected to result from these activities, which as
described is expected be comprised predominantly of temporary
modifications in the behavior of individual CIBWs (e.g., faster swim
speeds, more cohesive group structure, avoidance, and increased
foraging). Also, NMFS anticipates and has proposed to authorized 24
instances of takes, with the instances representing disturbance events
within a day--this means that either 24 different individual beluga
whales are disturbed on no more than one day each, or some lesser
number of individuals may be disturbed on more than one day, but with
the product of individuals and days not exceeding 24. Given the overall
anticipated take, it is very unlikely that any one beluga would be
disturbed on more than a few days. Further, the mitigation measures
NMFS has prescribed for the SFD project are designed to avoid the
potential that any animal would lose the ability to forage for one or
more tidal cycles. While Level B harassment (behavioral disturbance) is
authorized, our mitigation measures would limit the severity of the
effects of that Level B harassment to behavioral changes such as
increased swim speeds, tighter group formations, and cessation of
vocalizations, not the loss of foraging capabilities. Regardless, this
elicitation recognized that pregnant or lactating females and calves
are inherently more at risk than other animals, such as males. NMFS
first considered proposing the POA shutdown based on more vulnerable
life stages (e.g., calf presence) but ultimately determined all CIBWs
warranted pile driving shutdown to be protective of potential
vulnerable life stages, such as pregnancy, that could not be determined
from observations, and to avoid more severe behavioral reaction.
Monitoring data from the POA suggest pile driving does not
discourage CIBWs from entering Knik Arm and travelling to critical
foraging grounds such as those around Eagle Bay. As previously
described, sighting rates were not different in the presence or absence
of pile driving (Kendall and Cornick, 2015). In addition, CIBWs
continued to use Knik Arm in 2020 during the duration of the PCT Phase
1 construction project (61 North Environmental, 2021). These findings
are not surprising as food is a strong motivation for marine mammals.
As described in Forney et al. (2017), animals typically favor
particular areas because of their importance for survival (e.g.,
feeding or breeding), and leaving may have significant costs to fitness
(reduced foraging success, increased predation risk, increased exposure
to other anthropogenic threats). Consequently, animals may be highly
motivated to maintain foraging behavior in historical foraging areas
despite negative impacts (e.g., Rolland et al., 2012). Previous
monitoring data indicates CIBWs are responding to pile driving noise,
but not through abandonment of critical habitat, including primary
foraging areas north of the port. Instead, they travel faster past the
POA, more quietly, and in tighter groups (which may be linked to the
decreased communication patterns). During PCT Phase 1 construction
monitoring, no definitive behavioral reactions to the in-water activity
or avoidance behaviors were documented in CIBW. Little variability was
evident in CIBW behaviors recorded by PSOs from month to month, or
between sightings that coincided with in-water pile installation or
removal and those that did not (61 North Environmental, 2021). Of the
245 CIBWs groups sighted during PCT Phase 1 construction monitoring,
seven groups were observed during or within minutes of in-water impact
pile installation and 37 groups were observed during or within minutes
of vibratory pile installation or removal (61 North Environmental,
2021). During impact installation, three of these groups of CIBWs
showed no reaction, three showed a potential reaction, and one group
continued moving towards impact pile installation. Of the 37 vibratory
events monitored, nine groups of CIBWs displayed a potential reaction,
16 displayed no reaction, and 12 continued a trajectory towards the PCT
(61N Environmental 2021). In general, CIBWs were more likely to display
no reaction or to continue to move towards the PCT during pile
installation and removal. In the situations during which CIBWs showed a
possible reaction (three groups during impact driving and nine groups
during vibratory driving), CIBWs were observed either moving away
immediately after the pile driving activities started or observed
increasing their rate of travel. This traveling behavior past the POA
has also been verified by acoustic monitoring. Castellote et al. (2020)
found low echolocation detection rates in lower Knik Arm indicating
CIBWs moved through that area relatively quickly when entering or
exiting the Arm. We anticipate that disturbance to CIBWs would manifest
in the same manner when they are exposed to noise during the SFD
project: Whales move quickly and silently through the area in more
cohesive groups. We do not believe exposure to elevated noise levels
during transit past the POA has adverse effects on reproduction or
survival as the whales continue to access critical foraging grounds
north of the POA, and tight associations help to mitigate the potential
for any contraction of communication space for a group. We also do not
anticipate that CIBWs will abandon entering or exiting Knik Arm, as
this is not evident based on previous years of monitoring data (e.g.,
Kendall and Cornick 2015; 61N Environmental 2021), and the pre-pile
driving clearance mitigation measure is designed to further avoid any
potential abandonment. Finally, as described previously, both telemetry
(tagging) and acoustic data suggest CIBWs likely stay in upper Knik Arm
for several days or weeks before exiting Knik Arm. Specifically, a CIBW
instrumented with a satellite link time/depth recorder entered Knik Arm
on August 18th and remained in Eagle Bay until September 12th (Ferrero
et al., 2000). Further, a recent detailed re-analysis of the satellite
telemetry data confirms how several tagged whales exhibited this same
movement pattern: Whales entered Knik Arm and remained there for
several days before exiting through lower Knik Arm (Shelden et al.,
2018). This longer-term use of upper Knik Arm would avoid repetitive
exposures from pile driving noise.
[[Page 31900]]
POA proposed and NMFS has prescribed mitigation measures to
minimize exposure to CIBWs, specifically, shutting down pile driving if
CIBWs are observed approaching the mouth of Knik Arm, shutting down
pile driving should a CIBW approach or enter the Level B harassment
zone, stationing PSOs at Point Woronzof and Ship Creek, and not
vibratory pile driving unattenuated battered piles during August or
September (peak CIBW season). These measures are designed to ensure
CIBWs will not abandon critical habitat and exposure to pile driving
noise will not result in adverse impacts on the reproduction or
survival of any individuals. The location of PSOs at Point Woronzof
allows for detection of CIBWs and behavioral observations prior to
CIBWs entering Knik Arm. Although NMFS does not anticipate CIBWs would
abandon entering Knik Arm in the presence of pile driving with the
required mitigation measures, these PSOs will be integral to
identifying if CIBWs are potentially altering pathways they would
otherwise take in the absence of pile driving. Finally, take by
mortality, serious injury, or Level A harassment of CIBWs is not
anticipated or authorized.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the CIBWs through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
Area of exposure would be limited to travel corridors.
Data demonstrates Level B harassment manifests as increased swim speeds
past the POA and tight group formations and not through habitat
abandonment;
No critical foraging grounds (e.g., Eagle Bay, Eagle
River, Susitna Delta) would be impacted by pile driving; and
While animals could be harassed more than once, exposures
are not likely to exceed more than a few per year for any given
individual and are not expected to occur on sequential days; thereby,
decreasing the likelihood of physiological impacts caused by chronic
stress or masking.
We also considered our negligible impact analysis with respect to
NMFS' technical report released in January 2020 regarding the abundance
and status of CIBWs (Sheldon and Wade, 2019). As described in the
marine mammal section, new analysis indicates the CIBW stock is smaller
and declining faster than previously recognized. While this is
concerning, NMFS continues to believe the taking authorized (allowed
for in the cases where shutdowns cannot occur in time to avoid Level B
harassment take) will not impact the reproduction or survival of any
individuals, much less the stock, and will thereby have a negligible
impact. The monitoring measures (four stations each equipped with two
PSOs simultaneously on watch at each station) are extensive, such that
we find it unlikely whales would go undetected. The mitigation measures
reduce noise entering the water column (a benefit for all marine
mammals) through the use of an unconfined bubble curtain. Further, the
exposure risk to CIBWs is greatly minimized through the incorporation
of in-bound and out-bound whale pre-pile driving clearance zones.
Finally, should pile driving be occurring at the same time a whale is
detected, pile driving would shut down prior to its entering the Level
B harassment zone. All these measures, as well as other required
measures such as soft-starts, greatly reduce the risk of animals not
accessing important foraging areas north of the POA, which could result
in impacts to individual fitness or annual rates of recruitment or
survival. For these reasons, the new status of CIBWs does not
ultimately change our findings with respect to the specified
activities.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. When the predicted number of
individuals to be taken is fewer than one third of the species or stock
abundance, the take is considered to be of small numbers. Additionally,
other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as
the temporal or spatial scale of the activities. For all stocks, the
amount of taking is less than one-third of the best available
population abundance estimate (in fact it is less than 9 percent for
all stocks considered here; Table 10).
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must find that the specified
activity will not have an ``unmitigable adverse impact'' on the
subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50
CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from a specified activity that is
likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by either causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas, directly
displacing subsistence users, or placing physical barriers between the
marine mammals and the subsistence hunters. An ``unmitigable adverse
impact'' can also results from a specified activity that cannot be
sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the availability
of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
No subsistence use of CIBWs occurs and subsistence harvest of other
marine mammals in upper Cook Inlet is limited to harbor seals. Steller
sea lions are rare in upper Cook Inlet; therefore, subsistence use of
this species is not common. However, Steller sea lions are taken for
subsistence use in lower Cook Inlet. In 2013 and 2014, the Alaska
Department of Fish and Game conducted studies to document the harvest
and use of wild resources by residents of four tribal communities in
Cook Inlet: Tyonek, Nanwalek, Port Graham, and Seldovia (Jones and
Kostick, 2016). Tyonek is the community in closest proximity to Knik
Arm while the other communities are located lower in Cook Inlet. The
only marine mammal species taken by the Tyonek community was harbor
seals (from the McArthur River Flats north to the Beluga River (Jones
et al., 2015) south of Knik Arm) while communities lower in the inlet
relied on harbor seals, Steller sea lions and sea otters (we note the
sea otter is under the jurisdiction of the USFWS; therefore, it is not
a part of our analysis).
[[Page 31901]]
The potential impacts from harassment on stocks that are harvested
in Cook Inlet would be limited to minor behavioral changes (e.g.,
increased swim speeds, changes in dive time, temporary avoidance near
the POA, etc.) within the vicinity of the POA. Some PTS may occur;
however, the shift is likely to be slight due to the implementation of
mitigation measures (e.g., shutdown zones) and the shift would be
limited to lower pile driving frequencies which are on the lower end of
phocid and otariid hearing ranges. In summary, any impacts to harbor
seals would be limited to those seals within Knik Arm (outside of any
hunting area) and the very few takes of Steller sea lions in Knik Arm
would be far removed in time and space from any hunting in lower Cook
Inlet.
Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine
mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from the POA's
proposed activities.
Endangered Species Act
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species, in this case with the Alaska Region
Protected Resources Division Office.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of CIBWs, humpback whales from
the Mexico DPS stock or Western North Pacific Stock, and Steller sea
lions from the western DPS, which are listed under the ESA. The Permit
and Conservation Division has requested initiation of Section 7
consultation with the Alaska Region Protected Resources Division Office
for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation
prior to reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of
the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to the POA for conducting pile driving associated with the
relocation of SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are
incorporated. A draft of the proposed IHA can be found at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this notice of proposed IHA for the proposed pile
driving associated with the relocation of the SFD in Knik Arm, Alaska.
We also request at this time comment on the potential Renewal of this
proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include with
your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help
inform decisions on the request for this IHA or a subsequent Renewal
IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-time, one-year
Renewal IHA following notice to the public providing an additional 15
days for public comments when (1) up to another year of identical or
nearly identical, or nearly identical, activities as described in the
Description of Proposed Activities section of this notice is planned or
(2) the activities as described in the Description of Proposed
Activities section of this notice would not be completed by the time
the IHA expires and a Renewal would allow for completion of the
activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section of
this notice, provided all of the following conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to the needed Renewal IHA effective date (recognizing that the
Renewal IHA expiration date cannot extend beyond one year from
expiration of the initial IHA);
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
requested Renewal IHA are identical to the activities analyzed under
the initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take);
and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for Renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS determines
that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: June 10, 2021.
Catherine Marzin,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2021-12551 Filed 6-14-21; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P